BUILDING

STRENGTH™
BRIDGE DECK
HANDBOOK

CONCRETE
CONSTRUCTION
PRODUCTS
 Table of Contents

Technical Information
General and
General and Technical Information C46H and C46TH Con-Beam Half Hanger..............................41
Safety.................................................................................................. 1 C28 Haunch Carrier.....................................................................42
Safety Factors................................................................................. 2 C29 Fillet Clip.................................................................................42
Safe Working Loads....................................................................... 2 See Century Hanger Series, earlier in this section for more

Interior Hangers
Shop or Field Modification.............................................................3 information.............................................................................42
Considerations When Using Bridge Deck Accessories..........3
Dayton Superior Technical Assistance......................................4
Exterior Hangers
Application of Exterior Hangers................................................ 43
Safety Concerns..............................................................................4
C60 Type 1-A Pres-Steel Hanger..............................................44
Product Interchangeability.............................................................4
C60 Type 2-A Pres-Steel Hanger.............................................44
Joist Spacing Charts.......................................................................5
C62 Type 6-A Pres-Steel Hanger............................................. 45
How to Use Charts — Joist Spacing Charts.............................6
C60 Type 7-A Pres-Steel Hanger............................................. 45

Exterior Hangers
Ledger Spacing Charts...................................................................7
C60 Type 8-A Pres-Steel Hanger............................................. 46
Double Ledgers................................................................................7
C60 Type 4-A and Pres-Steel Hanger..................................... 47
How to Use Charts — Single Span Joists.................................8
C60 Type 9-A Pres-Steel Hanger............................................. 47
How to Use Charts — Three or More Span Joists..................9
C67 Tie Bar Beam Clip Pre-Stress Hanger............................ 47
Interior Hanger Spacing Charts.................................................12
C68 Type 4-AB Pres-Steel Ty-Down Half Hanger............... 48
Technical Data — Lumber............................................................15
Metal Deck Application................................................................ 48
Representative Working Stress Values (PSI) for Lumber
C41 Type 4-A Coil Rod Hanger.................................................. 49
at 19% Moisture Content, Continuing or Prolonged
C63 Type 4-AB Pres-Steel Hook Half Hanger......................50

Bridge Overhang
Reuse........................................................................................16
C64 Type 4-A and 4-AN Pres-Steel Half Hanger.................50

Brackets
Formulas Used to Calculate Safe Support Spacings of
C64 Type 9-A Pres-Steel Hanger..............................................51
Joists and Ledgers................................................................16
C24 Type 4-AP, 4-APR and 9 APR Pres-Steel Precast
Exterior Hangers Spaced at Different Centers than
Half Hanger............................................................................ 52
Interior Hangers..................................................................... 17
C25 45° Adjustable Half Hanger............................................... 53
Welding Half Hangers...................................................................18
C25 45° Heavy Duty Adjustable Half Hanger......................... 54
Interior Hangers C24 Pres-Steel Steel Beam Half Hangers.............................. 55
C24 Pres-Steel Concrete Beam Half Hanger........................ 55

Working Parts
Century Hanger Series.................................................................19
C110 Century Style........................................................................20 C24 Pres-Steel Half Hanger...................................................... 56
C120 Century Style.......................................................................20 C60 Type 1-4A Combination Pres-Steel Hanger with
C130 Century Style.......................................................................20 Supplemental 90° Leg Pres-Steel Half Hanger............. 56
Bridge Overhang System Safe Working Load Charts...........21 C61 Combination Exterior Hanger............................................ 57
Safe Working Loads......................................................................21 C61 Combination Interior Hanger.............................................. 57
Application of Interior Hangers.................................................22 P154 Bridge Girder Magnet........................................................ 59
C60 Type 1 Pres-Steel Hanger.................................................. 23 C90 Clamp for Falsework........................................................... 59

Bar Supports
C60 Type 3 Pres-Steel Hanger................................................. 24
C60 Type 4 Pres-Steel Hanger................................................. 25
Bridge Overhang Brackets
C49, C49C, C49D, C49S and C49JR Bridge Overhang
C60 Type 5 Pres-Steel Hanger................................................. 25
Bracket................................................................................ 60
C60 Type 7 Pres-Steel Hanger................................................. 26
Type C49, C49C, C49D, C49S and C49JR Bridge
C60 Type 8 Pres-Steel Hanger................................................. 26
Overhang Bracket..................................................................61
C60 Type 9 Pres-Steel Hanger................................................. 27
C59D Conversion Kit.................................................................... 62
C41 Coil Rod Hanger.................................................................... 27
Bolt Holder..................................................................................... 62
C13 Plate Saddle Hanger............................................................. 28
Rebar Splicing
C52 2x4 Guard Rail Receptacle and C54 Bridge
C13A All-Wire Saddle Hanger.................................................... 29
Overhang Bracket Extender............................................... 63
C14 Channel Hanger..................................................................... 29
C52P Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly............................ 64
C24 Type S Pres-Steel Steel Beam Half Hangers................ 30
C53 2x6 Guard Rail Receptacle................................................. 65
C24 Type C Pres-Steel Concrete Beam Half Hangers........ 30
Selected OSHA Safety Regulations......................................... 66
C24 Pres-Steel Half Hanger.......................................................31
C51 Wall Plate Assembly............................................................. 67
C25 Pres-Steel Adjustable Half Hanger................................. 33
B16 Coil Loop Insert, 3/4” x 6”................................................... 68
C63 Pres-Steel Hook Half Hanger............................................ 34
Screed Support

F64 Ferrule Loop Insert, 3/4” x 6‑1/8”..................................... 68

C68 90° Type 4-B Ty-Down Half Hanger................................ 35
Bearcat™ Bolt Multi-Use and Single-Use..................................69
C44 and C45 Con-Beam Hanger............................................... 38
T13 Coil-Anchor™ 3/4” Diameter x 4-1/2” Long
C46 Con-Beam Hanger............................................................... 39
Application Sequence..........................................................71
C47 Con-Beam Hanger...............................................................40

06/24
 Table of Contents
Technical Information
General and

T13G Thread Gauge.....................................................................71 D50 DBR Coupler System.........................................................133

T13L Set-Eez™ Dry Film Lubricant.............................................71 D250 Bar Lock® Coupler............................................................134
T13 Coil-Anchor™ 3/4” Diameter x 6” Long Application D42 Bag Ties................................................................................135
Sequence.............................................................................. 72 D45 Rebar Safety Cap................................................................135
Interior Hangers

T13G Thread Gauge.................................................................... 72 D46 Tie Wire.................................................................................135

Typical Application on Steel Beams..........................................73 D48 Sure-Guard® Rebar Protective Cap................................135
Typical Application on Concrete Beams...................................74
C49S Field Modified Bridge Overhang Bracket......................74
How to Use Spacing Tables....................................................... 75
C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Screed Support
Spacing....................................................................................76 G14 Heavy Duty Screed Holders..............................................136
C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger G15 Heavy Duty Screed Support..............................................136
Exterior Hangers

Spacing................................................................................83 G16 Heavy Duty Screed Chair Base........................................136

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger G1 Pipe Holder..............................................................................136
Spacing................................................................................89 Index........................................................137
C49JR Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger
Spacing................................................................................... 98
C49 / C49D Bridge Overhang Brackets with C51 Wall Plate
Assembly.............................................................................. 100
Bridge Overhang

C49S Bridge Overhang Brackets with C51 Wall Plate

Brackets

Assembly...............................................................................103
C49W Bridge Overhang Bracket............................................. 105
C49W Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Spacing on
Concrete Beam....................................................................107
C89 Heavy Duty Bridge Overhang Bracket (72”)................ 108
Bridge Overhang Bracket Type C89L.......................................113
C89L Bolt Holder.......................................................................... 115
Working Parts

C89L Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger

Spacing...............................................................................116
A27 Turnbuckle Form Aligner.................................................. 122

Working Parts
B12 Continuous Coil Threaded Rod.........................................123
B13 Coil Nut and B25 Heavy Coil Nut.....................................123
B13H Coil Nut................................................................................123
Bar Supports

B14 Coil Bolt and B14A Adjustable Coil Bolt.........................124

B14A Adjustable Coil Bolt..........................................................124
B14 Coil Bolt..................................................................................124
B27 Coil Nut Washer...................................................................125
B32 Handle Coil Nut....................................................................125
B39 Coil Wing Nut........................................................................125
B11 Flat Washer............................................................................126
B42 Batter Washer......................................................................126
Rebar Splicing

Bar Supports
Bar Supports for Reinforcing Steel.........................................128
Wire Bar Supports.......................................................................129
Plastic Bar Supports...................................................................130

Rebar Splicing
Dowel Bar Splicing System......................................................132
Screed Support

Dowel Bar Splicer........................................................................132

Dowel Bar Splicer Dowel-In......................................................133

06/24
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Safety
Dayton Superior Bridge Deck forming accessories are intended only for use by trained, qualified and experienced workers.
Misuse or lack of supervision and/or inspection can contribute to accidents resulting in property damage, serious personal
injury or deaths. If through experience and use, the user discovers additional or alternative procedures that may seem superior
to those shown in this handbook, do not implement them until Dayton Superior has approved the change in writing.
The user of Dayton Superior products must evaluate the product application, determine the appropriate safety factor, calculate
the applied loads and control all field conditions to prevent application of loads in excess of the products’ safe working loads. The
ultimate values shown in this handbook are approximate values based on averaged test results. For safety, the listed safe working
load should never be exceeded for any product.
Dayton Superior strives to ensure that every product it manufactures and sells meets or exceeds applicable production and safety
requirements. However, the performance of a product can be greatly affected by the manner in which the product is used. It is
imperative that the user be instructed in the proper installation and use of the products displayed in this handbook prior to job
application.
The American Concrete Institute (ACI) publications, Formwork for Concrete (ACI SP-4) and Guide to Formwork for Concrete, as
reported by ACI Committee 347 are excellent reference materials for general formwork design, planning, materials, accessories,
loading and pressure information as well as design tables and much more. These publications are available from:
American Concrete Institute
38800 Country Club Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331
Phone: 248-848-3700
Website: www.concrete.org
For additional safety information, the user is advised to consult the Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) Act, Part 1910 and 1926. Available from:
U.S. Department of Labor
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
200 Constitution Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20210
Website: www.osha.gov

01/19 1
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

Safety Factors
Product production runs are constantly sampled and tested to assure the user a high standard of quality. Samples are tested
in Dayton Superior test facilities or at independent testing laboratories. The safe working loads listed in this handbook were
determined from the results of testing programs as well as other sources. The safety factor applied to a particular product is a
variable dependent on the degree of hazard or risk involved in the application of the product and the job site conditions, which can
often increase the degree of risk. Concentrated loads, such as construction materials stacked on the formwork, non-symmetrical
placement of concrete, uplift, impact of machine delivered concrete, use of motorized carts and extreme formwork height, are
examples that produce high risk factors. The user must adjust the safety factor used with the product accordingly to accommodate
these risks.
Minimum Safety Factors (ACI Committee 347)
Accessory Factor of Safety Type of Construction
Form Hanger 2 All applications
2 Formwork supporting form weight and concrete pressure ONLY
Form Anchor
3 Formwork supporting weight of forms, concrete, construction live loads and impact.
Dayton Superior publishes the safe working loads and the associated minimum safety factors of its products and strongly advises
the user not to compromise a products safe working load. When there are unusual job conditions, such as those mentioned above,
the user must reduce the products safe working load by increasing the safety factor.

Safe Working Loads

The following formula should be used in situations requiring the application of a larger factor of safety than that published:
Published Safe Working Load x Published Factor of Safety = New Safe Working Load
New Factor of Safety
• All safe working loads shown in this handbook have been established with the following factors considered:
• All safe working loads shown in this handbook are based on the item being new or in “as new” condition. The safe working
load is considered the greatest load that should be applied to a product.
• All hangers are manufactured for a specific width and thickness of beam flange. They are to be used only on a flange with the
width and thickness for which they were manufactured.
• Hangers must be correctly positioned on top of the beam so that the Coil Bolts or Coil Rods are the proper distance from the
edge of the beam flange.
• 90° hangers are produced so there is 1/8" clearance between the bolt and the beam flange.
• 15° hangers are produced so there is 1/8" clearance between the bolt and the beam flange.
• 45° hangers are produced so they are set back onto the beam 1/8" from the edge of the beam flange.
• All hangers are to have full bearing under the end section.
• Improper positioning of the hanger can seriously compromise the hanger’s safe working load.
• Hangers should be symmetrically arranged on the supporting beam or girder. Concrete placement should be properly
sequenced to minimize twisting or rotation of hangers.
• Coil nuts must have full bearing on hanger end sections. Use caution to ensure that the hangers and related hardware are not
subjected to side loading.
• All coil bolts, coil rods and related hardware shall be of proper length, diameter and capacity.
• All coil bolts and coil rods must fully penetrate and extend through the Coil Nuts a minimum of one bolt diameter.
• All anticipated loads, to be applied to a hanger and bridge overhang bracket, are to be calculated by a qualified person. Refer to
ACI 347—Guide to Formwork for Concrete.
• When hangers and related items are electro-plated or hot-dip zinc galvanized, they must be properly baked to relieve hydrogen
embrittlement. Failure to do so may result in a drastic reduction of the product’s safe working load.
• Extreme caution must be used when field welding. Welding may reduce material integrity and result in product failure.
• Dayton Superior recommends the use of a certified welder with a good working knowledge of materials, heat treatment and
welding procedures.
• As Dayton Superior is not able to control field conditions or workmanship, Dayton Superior DOES NOT guarantee any product
that has been altered after leaving the factory.
• Impact wrenches are not to be used to tighten coil bolts or coil rods that are part of the bridge deck forming system.

2 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Shop or Field Modification
Field welding or other modifications may compromise a products safe working load value and
result in hazardous situations.
Knowledge of materials, heat and welding procedures is necessary for proper welding. If field
welding is required, it is recommended that the user consult their local welding supply dealer
for assistance in determining proper welding procedures.
Do not weld to a casting unless approved by a licensed metallurgical engineer. Welding to
an iron casting can produce carbides and cause extreme brittleness to develop which could
destroy most of the castings load carrying value.
As Dayton Superior cannot control either the workmanship or the conditions under which
welding and/or other modifications are performed, Dayton Superior cannot be responsible for
any product altered by others.

Considerations When Using Bridge Deck Accessories

Dayton Superior recommends that an interlock type hanger, such as a C60 Type 4A Pres-Steel Hanger, be
used to support a bridge overhang bracket when a finishing machine is to ride on the overhang formwork.
The user shall install the overhang bracket, hanger and form materials in such a manner that the
supporting coil bolt or coil rod makes a 45° ± 5° angle with the top surface of the exterior bridge
beam.
A qualified person, such as a formwork engineer, contractor or other competent person in charge of
formwork and design must accurately calculate the hanger and overhang bracket spacing so that the
applied load is equal to or less than the safe working load of the overhang system.
To meet the design load requirements specified by various Department of Transportation (DOT), Dayton Superior recommends the
following minimums be used when calculating loads applied to interior hangers, exterior hangers and bridge overhang brackets:
• Interior Design Loads: Use 160 pounds per cubic foot when determining the dead load of the concrete and forms plus an
additional 50 pounds per square foot for any expected live loads.
• Exterior Design Loads: Use 160 pounds per cubic foot when determining the dead load of the concrete and forms, 50 pounds
per square foot for any expected live loads, a 75 pound per lineal foot load applied at the edge of the overhang plus the
appropriate wheel weights of any finishing machine that will be supported by the exterior hangers and overhang brackets.

01/19 3
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

Dayton Superior Technical Assistance

In situations where a bridge contractor does not have a qualified person on
staff to calculate hanger and bracket spacing, Dayton Superior's Technical
Assistance personnel are trained to provide such service. Additionally, they
are able to provide bridge deck accessory take-offs and detailed drawings
to the users of Dayton Superior bridge deck products. These services are
provided at a nominal charge.

Safety Concerns
For safety, bridge deck accessories must be properly used and maintained. The user is advised that incorrect utilization of bridge
deck formwork accessories, insufficient bolt penetration through a coil nut, or altering a product in any way can result in premature
failure and expose workers to unsafe conditions. Reusable bridge deck forming accessories such as coil bolts, coil rods, etc., are
subject to wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion, deformation, alteration and other factors that may affect safe working loads.
It is the responsibility of the user to inspect reusable accessories for wear and/or misuse and to discard them if wear or misuse is
detected. Dayton Superior recommends that all users of Dayton Superior reusable bridge deck forming products establish a quality
control program to monitor and inspect their bridge deck forming accessories. The frequency of inspections is best determined
by the user and is dependent on the type of product use, frequency of use, duration of use and the environmental conditions during
use.
Do not straighten bent forming accessories – discard them. Discard any reusable forming accessory that has been subjected to 70%
or more of its ultimate load. Such items may have been exceed the yield value of the material and may have become brittle and
hard.

Product Interchangeability
The construction industry does not have national standards for the manufacture of items such as coil threaded products and bridge
deck forming accessories. A product supplied by other manufacturers may look similar to a Dayton Superior product, but may not
have the same capacity and/or dimensions as those supplied by Dayton Superior.
Since bridge deck accessories are designed to work as a system, Dayton Superior strongly discourages efforts to interchange
products supplied by other manufactures with components supplied by Dayton Superior. When used improperly or with products
supplied by other manufacturers, Dayton Superior products or systems may be rendered unsafe.

4 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Joist Spacing Charts
The spacing of the joists which support the plywood sheathing of concrete formwork, is a function of the type and thickness of
plywood selected. In addition, the number of joists supporting each piece of plywood and the direction the face grain runs in
relation to the joists, determines the center-to-center joist spacing.
As an aid to the bridge contractor, joist centers have been calculated using standard engineering principles that check the maximum
joist spacing based on plywood bending, deflection and the rolling shear (shear in the plane of the plywood plies). Once the various
centers have been calculated, the safe joist spacing is arranged in tables.
For concrete formwork, virtually any exterior plywood can be used, as all exterior plywood is produced using waterproof glue.
However, the plywood industry produces special plywood called Plyform®, which is created especially for use as concrete
formwork. Plyform is a proprietary product name and is used for specific products, which bear the trademark of the APA – The
Engineered Wood Association.
The section properties, as well as the allowable stresses shown below, which were used to develop the safe joist spacing charts
is based on information taken from the 2004 Edition of the Concrete Forming Design/Construction Guide published by APA – The
Engineered Wood Association.

]
• Modulus of elasticity = E = 1,430,000 psi
• Allowable bending stress = Fb = 1,330 psi Class II Values
• Allowable rolling shear stress = Fs = 72 psi
When APA Plyform is used, the spacing listed in the charts may be used with Plyform Class I, Class II or Structural I or equivalent
plywood. For additional information on plywood, the user may contact the following:
APA — The Engineered Wood Association
7011 South 19th
Tacoma, WA 98466
Phone: 253-565-6600
Website: www.apawood.org

Joist Spacing Joist Spacing

Plyform Used Strong Direction Plyform Used Weak Direction

(Face Grains Runs Perpendicular to Joists) (Face Grain Runs Parallel with Joists)

01/19 5
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

How to Use Charts — Joist Spacing Charts

Select the proper chart to use. Determine concrete thickness, the desired face grain direction and Plyform thickness, where the
concrete thickness row intersects with the Plyform thickness column will be the maximum safe joist centers.
The user should be aware, that a section of plywood will bend and deflect less when supported by 4 or more joists than it will when
supported by 2 or 3 joists.
Safe Joist Spacing Plyform Supported by 4 or more Joists
Face Grain Runs Face Grain Runs
Concrete Design Perpendicular to Joists Parallel to Joists
Thickness Load (Strong Direction) (Weak Direction)
Plyform Supported by 4 or More Joists
5/8" 23/32" 3/4" 5/8" 23/32" 3/4"
6" 130.0 psf 19" 21" 22" 14" 15" 17"
8" 156.7 psf 18" 20" 20" 13" 14" 16"
10" 183.3 psf 17" 19" 19" 12" 14" 15"
12" 210.0 psf 16" 18" 18" 11" 13" 14"
14" 236.7 psf 15" 17" 17" 11" 13" 14"
16" 263.3 psf 14" 16" 16" 10" 12" 13"
18" 290.0 psf 14" 15" 16" 10" 11" 13"
20" 316.7 psf 13" 14" 15" 9" 11" 12"
Note: Deflection is limited to 1/360 of span but no more than 1/16".

Safe Joist Spacing Plyform Supported by 2 or 3 Joists

Face Grain Runs Face Grain Runs
Concrete Design Perpendicular to Joists Parallel with Joists
Thickness Load (Strong Direction) (Weak Direction)
5/8" 23/32" 3/4" 5/8" 23/32" 3/4"

6" 130.0 psf 15" 17" 18" 13" 12" 14" Plyform Supported by 2 or 3 Joists
8" 156.7 psf 14" 16" 16" 12" 12" 13"
10" 183.3 psf 14" 15" 16" 11" 11" 12"
12" 210.0 psf 13" 14" 15" 10" 11" 11"
14" 236.7 psf 12" 14" 14" 9" 10" 11"
16" 263.3 psf 12" 13" 14" 9" 10" 11"
18" 290.0 psf 12" 13" 13" 9" 9" 10"
20" 316.7 psf 11" 13" 13" 8" 9" 10"
Note: Deflection is limited to 1/360 of span but no more than 1/16”

6 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Ledger Spacing Charts
The center-to-center spacing of ledgers used to support joists, is a function of the species, grade and size of joist lumber selected
for use, as well as the joist centers and number of ledgers used in supporting each length of joist. Over the years, almost every
species, grade and size of lumber has been used for joists and ledgers in concrete formwork. Today, only certain lumber species,
grades and sizes are commonly used.
Nominal lumber sizes are used in the joist and ledger descriptions, but calculations are based on lumber finished on all four sides
(S4S). Ledger centers are calculated by checking joist bending, deflection and horizontal shear. Once the ledger centers are
determined, the joist centers and ledger spacing are arranged in tables.
The adjusted stresses shown below, are used in all joist and ledger calculations and are based on the use of Southern Pine, Grade
#2 or equivalent strength lumber:
E = Modulus of elasticity = 1,400,000 psi
Fb = Allowable bending stress (including adjustment factors) varies with size of joist and ledgers = 1,581 psi for 2x4, 1,438 psi
for 2x6, 1,330 psi for 2x8, 1,150 psi for 2x210, 1,078 psi for 2x12, 1,739 psi for 4x2, 1,581 psi for 4x4 and 1,581 for 6x2
Fs = Allowable shear stress = 219 psi (which assumes no splits or shakes in the lumber).
This data is taken from the 2015 Edition of ANSI/AF&PA NDS-2015 National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) its
Commentary and Supplement: Design Values for Wood Construction. For those interested, this design information is available from:
American Forest and Paper Association
American Wood Council
1111 Nineteenth Street, NW
Suite 800
Washington, DC 20036
Phone: 1-800-878-8878 or 202-463-2700
Website: www.afandpa.org

Double Ledgers
The maximum spacing between double ledgers should no more than 1/4” greater than the nominal diameter of the coil bolt or coil
rod being used. When more space is allowed between the ledgers, the ledgers may crush or the flat washers may deflect and bend
causing the formwork to fail.

Maximum of Coil Bolt

Diameter + 1/4"

01/19 7
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

How to Use Charts — Single Span Joists

Determine joist centers, concrete thickness and the desired joist size, where the concrete thickness row intersects with the joist
size column will be the maximum safe ledger centers.
Dayton Superior does not recommend using ledgers spaced at greater than 96" on center due to the reduction in the formwork
redundancy that may occur.

Joist

Ledger Centers

Maximum Ledger Centers

Concrete
Joist Centers 2x4 Joists 2x6 Joists 2x8 Joists 4x2 Joists 4x4 Joists 6x2 Joists
Thickness
6" 63" 90" 110" 36" 79" 42"
8" 59" 86" 105" 34" 75" 39"
10" 56" 80" 101" 32" 72" 37"
12" 53" 75" 98" 30" 70" 35"
9-5/8"
14" 50" 71" 93" 29" 69" 34"
16" 48" 67" 89" 28" 66" 33"
18" 45" 64" 84" 27" 64" 32"
20" 43" 61" 81" 26" 62" 31"
6" 58" 85" 104" 33" 75" 39"
8" 56" 78" 100" 31" 71" 36"
10" 51" 73" 95" 30" 69" 34"
12" 48" 67" 89" 28" 66" 33"
12"
14" 45" 63" 84" 27" 63" 32"
16" 43" 60" 79" 26" 61" 30"
18" 41" 57" 76" 25" 59" 29"
20" 39" 55" 72" 24" 58" 28"
6" 53" 74" 97" 30" 70" 27"
8" 48" 67" 89" 28" 66" 26"
10" 44" 62" 82" 27" 63" 25"
12" 41" 58" 77" 26" 60" 31"
16"
14" 39" 55" 72" 25" 58" 29"
16" 37" 52" 69" 24" 56" 27"
18" 35" 50" 65" 23" 54" 26"
20" 34" 47" 63" 22" 51" 25"
6" 43" 60" 80" 26" 61" 31"
8" 39" 55" 73" 25" 58" 29"
10" 36" 51" 67" 23" 55" 27"
12" 34" 48" 63" 22" 52" 26"
24"
14" 32" 45" 59" 21" 49" 25"
16" 30" 43" 56" 20" 46" 24"
18" 29" 41" 53" 19" 44" 23"
20" 27" 39" 51" 18" 42" 22"
NOTE: Maximum deflection is clear span / 270 or no more than 1/4"

8 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
How to Use Charts — Three or More Span Joists
Select the proper chart to use. Determine joist centers, concrete thickness and the desired joist size, where the concrete thickness
row intersects with the joist size column will be the maximum safe ledger centers.
Dayton Superior does not recommend using ledgers spaced at greater than 96” on center due to the reduction in the formwork
redundancy that may occur.

Joist

Ledger Centers Ledger Centers Ledger Centers

Maximum Ledger Centers

Joist Concrete 2x4 2x6 2x8 4x2 4x4 6x2
Centers Thickness Joists Joists Joists Joists Joists Joists
6" 75" 105" 129" 44" 93" 51"
8" 59" 86" 105" 34" 75" 39"
10" 56" 82" 101" 32" 72" 37"
12" 53" 79" 98" 30" 70" 35"
9-5/8"
14" 50" 74" 93" 29" 68" 34"
16" 48" 70" 88" 28" 66" 33"
18" 45" 67" 84" 27" 64" 32"
20" 43" 64" 81" 26" 62" 31"
6" 68" 99" 79" 41" 88" 46"
8" 55" 81" 76" 31" 71" 36"
10" 51" 76" 72" 30" 69" 34"
12" 48" 71" 109" 28" 66" 33"
12"
14" 45" 66" 89" 27" 63" 32"
16" 43" 63" 82" 26" 61" 30"
18" 41" 60" 77" 25" 59" 29"
20" 39" 57" 72" 24" 58" 28"
6" 59" 87" 109" 37" 81" 43"
8" 48" 71" 89" 28" 66" 33"
10" 44" 65" 82" 27" 63" 31"
12" 41" 61" 77" 26" 60" 30"
16"
14" 39" 58" 72" 25" 58" 29"
16" 37" 55" 69" 24" 56" 28"
18" 35" 52" 65" 23" 54" 27"
20" 34" 50" 63" 22" 51" 26"
6" 45" 71" 89" 32" 73" 37"
8" 39" 58" 73" 25" 58" 29"
10" 36" 53" 67" 23" 55" 27"
12" 34" 50" 63" 22" 52" 26"
24"
14" 32" 47" 59" 21" 49" 25"
16" 30" 45" 56" 20" 46" 23"
18" 29" 42" 53" 19" 44" 22"
20" 27" 41" 51" 18" 42" 21"
NOTE: Maximum deflection is clear span / 270 or no more than 1/4"

01/19 9
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

How to Use Charts — Clear Span Between Hanger Bolts

Determine ledger centers, concrete thickness and the desired ledger size, where the concrete thickness row intersects
with the ledger size column will be the maximum safe clear span between hanger bolts.

Clear Span Between

Hanger Bolts

Double Ledgers

Maximum Clear Span Between Hanger Bolts

Concrete Double 2x4 Double 2x6 Double 2x8 Double 2x10 Double 2x12
Ledger Centers
Thickness Ledgers Ledgers Ledgers Ledgers Ledgers
6" 58" 85" 104" 125" 145"
8" 55" 81" 100" 120" 133"
10" 51" 76" 95" 115" 133"

24" Ledger 12" 48" 71" 89" 108" 125"

Center 14" 45" 66" 84" 102" 118"
16" 43" 63" 79" 96" 112"
18" 41" 60" 76" 92" 107"
20" 39" 57" 72" 88" 102"
6" 56" 82" 101" 121" 140"
8" 52" 77" 96" 116" 134"
10" 48" 71" 89" 108" 125"

27-3/8" Ledger 12" 45" 66" 83" 101" 117"

Center 14" 42" 62" 78" 95" 110"
16" 40" 59" 74" 90" 105"
18" 38" 56" 71" 86" 100"
20" 36" 54" 68" 82" 95"
6" 53" 78" 97" 117" 135"
8" 48" 71" 89" 108" 126"
10" 44" 65" 82" 100" 116"

32" Ledger 12" 41" 61" 77" 94" 108"

Center 14" 39" 58" 72" 88" 102"
16" 37" 55" 69" 84" 97"
18" 35" 52" 65" 80" 92"
20" 34" 50" 63" 76" 88"

10 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Maximum Clear Span Between Hanger Bolts
Concrete Double 2x4 Double 2x6 Double 2x8 Double 2x10 Double 2x12
Ledger Centers
Thickness Ledgers Ledgers Ledgers Ledgers Ledgers
38-3/8" Ledger 6" 48" 71" 89" 109" 126"
Center
8" 44" 65" 81" 99" 115"
10" 40" 60" 75" 91" 106"
12" 38" 56" 70" 85" 99"
14" 36" 53" 66" 80" 93"
16" 34" 50" 63" 76" 88"
18" 32" 47" 60" 73" 84"
20" 31" 45" 57" 70" 81"
48" Ledger 6" 43" 63" 80" 97" 113"
Center
8" 39" 58" 73" 88" 102"
10" 36" 53" 67" 82" 95"
12" 34" 50" 63" 76" 89"
14" 32" 47" 59" 72" 83"
16" 30" 45" 56" 68" 79"
18" 29" 42" 53" 65" 75"
20" 27" 41" 51" 62" 72"
64" Ledger 6" 37" 55" 69" 84" 97"
Center
8" 34" 50" 63" 77" 89"
10" 31" 46" 58" 71" 82"
12" 29" 43" 54" 66" 77"
14" 28" 41" 51" 62" 72"
16" 26" 39" 49" 59" 68"
18" 25" 37" 46" 56" 65"
20" 24" 35" 44" 54" 62"
96" Ledger 6" 30" 45" 56" 69" 80"
Center
8" 28" 41" 51" 63" 72"
10" 26" 38" 47" 58" 67"
12" 24" 35" 44" 54" 63"
14" 22" 33" 42" 51" 59"
16" 21" 32" 40" 48" 56"
18" 20" 30" 38" 46" 53"
20" 19" 29" 36" 44" 51"
NOTE: Maximum deflection is clear span / 270 or no more than 1/4"

01/19 11
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

Interior Hanger Spacing Charts

Center to Center of Interior Beams
Flange Flange
2 Clear Span Between Beams 2

Select Required Hanger

Washer and
Nut Form Lumber
Coil Bolt

Beam Beam

The following charts list the maximum safe hanger spacing for varous types of hangers produced by Dayton Superior. When the
clear span on a project is not an even foot, the next larger clear span from the chart should be used.
The charts are based on the following formula:
Maximum Hanger Spacing SWL per Side of Hanger
(Limited at 8'-0" Maximum Centers) = Design Load, PSF x (Clear Span, Feet)
2
2,375 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load
Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-3" 6'-0" 5'-0" 4"-6" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-3" 3'-0"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-0" 5'-0" 4'-3" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 6'-3" 5'-0" 4'-3" 3'-6" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0"
210.0 12" 7'-6" 5'-6" 4'-6" 3'-9" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9"
236.7 14" 6'-6" 5'-0" 4'-0" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-0" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6"
263.3 16" 6'-0" 4'-6" 3'-6" 3'-0" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6" 1'-6"
290.0 18" 5'-3" 4'-0" 3'-3" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6" 1'-3" 1'-3"
316.7 20" 4'-9" 3'-6" 2'-9" 2"-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6" 1'-3" 1'-3" 1'-0"

2,500 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load

Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-3" 5'-3" 4"-9" 4'-3" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 7'-9" 6'-3" 5'-3" 4'-6" 3'-9" 3'-6" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 6'-9" 5'-3" 4'-6" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-3"
210.0 12" 7'-9" 5'-9" 4'-9" 3'-9" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9"
236.7 14" 7'-0" 5'-3" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-0" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-9"
263.3 16" 6'-3" 4'-6" 3'-9" 3'-0" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6" 1'-6"
290.0 18" 5'-6" 4'-3" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-3"
316.7 20" 5'-3" 3'-9" 3'-0" 2"-6" 2'-3" 1'-9" 1'-9" 1'-6" 1'-3" 1'-3"

12 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Interior Hanger Spacing Charts Continued

3,000 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load

Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-6" 5"-9" 5'-0" 4'-6" 4'-0" 3'-9"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-3" 5'-3" 4'-9" 4'-3" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6'-6" 5'-3" 4'-6" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-6"
210.0 12" 8'-0" 7'-0" 5'-6" 4'-9" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3"
236.7 14" 8'-0" 6'-3" 5'-0" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0"
263.3 16" 7'-6" 5'-6" 4'-6" 3'-9" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9"
290.0 18" 6'-9" 5'-0" 4'-0" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6"
316.7 20" 6'-3" 4'-6" 3'-9" 3"-0" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-9" 1'-6" 1'-6"
3,500 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load
Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-6" 5'-9" 5'-3" 4'-9" 4'-3"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-3" 6'-3" 5'-6" 4'-9" 4'-3" 4'-0" 3'-6"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-3" 5'-3" 4'-9" 4'-0" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0"
210.0 12" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6'-6" 5'-6" 4'-9" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-3" 3'-0" 2'-9"
236.7 14" 8'-0" 7'-3" 5'-9" 4'-9" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3"
263.3 16" 8'-0" 6'-6" 5'-3" 4'-3" 3'-9" 3'-3" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0"
290.0 18" 8'-0" 6'-0" 4'-9" 4'-0" 3'-3" 3'-0" 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 2'-0"
316.7 20" 7'-3" 5'-6" 4'-3" 3"-6" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-3" 2'-0" 2'-0" 1'-9"
4,500 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load
Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-9" 6'-3" 5'-9"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-0" 6'-3" 5'-6" 5'-0" 4'-9"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-0" 6'-0" 5'-3" 4'-9" 4'-3" 4'-0"
210.0 12" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-0" 6'-0" 5'-3" 4'-9" 4'-3" 3'-9" 3'-6"
236.7 14" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-3" 5'-3" 4'-9" 4'-0" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0"
263.3 16" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6'-9" 5'-6" 4'-9" 4'-3" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0" 2'-9"
290.0 18" 8'-0" 7'-9" 6'-0" 5'-0" 4'-3" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6"
316.7 20" 8'-0" 7'-0" 5'-6" 4"-6" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-6" 2'-3"

01/19 13
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

Interior Hanger Spacing Charts Continued

6,000 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load

Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-9" 6'-3"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-3" 6'-6" 5'-9" 5'-3"
210.0 12" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-0" 6'-3" 5'-6" 5'-0" 4'-9"
236.7 14" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-0" 6'-3" 5'-6" 5'-0" 4'-4" 4'-0"
263.3 16" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-6" 5'-6" 5'-0" 4'-6" 4'-0" 3'-9"
290.0 18" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6'-9" 5'-9" 5'-0" 4'-6" 4'-0" 3'-9" 3'-3"
316.7 20" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6"-3" 5'-3" 4'-6" 4'-0" 3'-9" 3'-3" 3'-0"
8,000 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load
Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-9" 7'-3"
210.0 12" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-9" 6'-3"
236.7 14" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-9" 6'-0" 5'-6"
263.3 16" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-6" 6'-9" 6'-0" 5'-6" 5'-0"
290.0 18" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-9" 6'-9" 6'-0" 5'-6" 5'-0" 4'-6"
316.7 20" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-0" 6'-3" 5'-6" 5'-0" 4'-6" 4'-0"
11,300 lbs. per Side Hanger Safe Working Load
Clear Span Between Beams
Design Load
Slab Thickness 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 12'-0"
PSF
Maximum Interior Hanger Spacing
130.0 6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0"
156.7 8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0"
183.3 10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0"
210.0 12" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0"
236.7 14" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-9"
263.3 16" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-9" 7'-0"
290.0 18" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-9" 7'-0" 6'-3"
316.7 20" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-9" 7'-0" 6'-3" 5'-9"

14 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Technical Data — Lumber

h X X h X X h X

b b

X—X = Neutral Axis

Lumber Properties
American Standard Moment or Inertia, in4 Section Modulus, in3
Area of section Board Feet per
Nominal Size in Sizes in Inches l = bh3 S = bh2
A = bh, sq. in. Linear Foot of
Inches bxh bxh S4S* 12 6
Piece
19% Max. Moisture Rough S4S Rough S4S Rough S4S
4x1 3-1∕2 x 3∕4 3.17 2.62 0.20 0.12 0.46 0.33 1∕3
6x1 5-1∕2 x 3∕4 4.92 4.12 0.31 0.19 0.72 0.52 1∕2
8x1 7-1∕4 x 3∕4 6.45 5.44 0.41 0.25 0.94 0.68 2∕3
10x1 9-1∕4 x 3∕4 8.20 6.94 0.52 0.32 1.20 0.87 5∕8
12x1 11-1∕4 x 3∕4 9.95 8.44 0.63 0.39 1.45 1.05 1
4x2 3-1∕2 x 1-1∕2 5.89 5.25 1.30 0.98 1.60 1.31 2∕3
6x2 5-1∕2 x 1-1∕2 9.14 8.25 2.01 1.55 2.48 2.06 1
8x2 7-1∕4 x 1-1∕2 11.98 10.87 2.64 2.04 3.25 2.72 11∕2
10x2 9-1∕4 x 1-1∕2 15.23 13.87 3.35 2.60 4.13 3.47 12∕3
12x2 11-1∕4 x 1-1∕2 18.48 16.87 4.07 3.16 5.01 4.21 2
2x4 1-1∕2 x 3-1∕2 5.89 5.25 6.45 5.36 3.56 3.06 2∕3
2x6 1-1∕2 x 5-1∕2 9.14 8.25 24.10 20.80 8.57 7.56 1
2x8 1-1∕2 x 7-1∕4 11.98 10.87 54.32 47.63 14.73 13.14 11∕3
2x10 1-1∕2 x 9-1∕4 15.23 13.87 111.58 98.93 23.80 21.39 12∕3
2x12 1-1∕2 x 11-1∕4 18.48 16.87 199.31 177.97 35.04 31.64 2
3x4 2-1∕2 x 3-1∕2 9.25 8.75 10.42 8.93 5.75 5.10 1
3x6 2-1∕2 x 5-1∕2 14.77 13.75 38.93 34.66 13.84 12.60 11∕2
3x8 2-1∕2 x 7-1∕4 19.36 18.12 87.74 79.39 23.80 21.90 2
3x10 2-1∕2 x 9-1∕4 24.61 23.12 180.24 164.89 38.45 35.65 21∕2
3x12 2-1∕2 x 11-1∕4 29.86 28.12 321.96 296.63 56.61 52.73 3
4x4 3-1∕2 x 3-1∕2 13.14 12.25 14.39 12.50 7.94 7.15 11∕3
4x6 3-1∕2 x 5-1∕2 20.39 19.25 53.76 48.53 19.12 17.65 2
4x8 3-1∕2 x 7-1∕4 26.73 25.38 121.17 111.15 32.86 30.66 22∕3
4x10 3-1∕2 x 9-1∕4 33.98 32.38 248.91 230.84 53.10 49.91 31∕3
6x3 5-1∕2 x 2-1∕2 14.77 13.75 8.48 7.16 6.46 5.73 11∕2
6x4 5-1∕2 x 3-1∕2 20.39 19.25 22.33 19.65 12.32 11.23 2
6x6 5-1∕2 x 5-1∕2 31.64 30.25 83.43 76.26 29.66 27.73 3
6x8 5-1∕2 x 7-1∕2 42.89 41.25 207.81 193.36 54.51 51.56 4
8x8 7-1∕2 x 7-1∕2 58.14 56.25 281.69 263.67 73.89 70.31 51∕3
*Rough dry sizes are 1∕8" larger, both dimensions.
Properties of American Standard Board, Plank Dimension and Timber Sizes Commonly used for Formwork Construction.
Based on data supplied by the National Forest Products Association.

01/19 15
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

Representative Working Stress Values (PSI) for Lumber at 19% Moisture Content,
Continuing or Prolonged Reuse
Properties
Lumber Species and Grade
Extreme Fiber Bending Compression I to Grain Compression || to Grain Horizontal Shear Modules of Elasticity
REDWOOD
Range, all grades 225-2025 425-650 475-2250 800,000-1,400,000
No. 2, 4x4 and smaller 1385 650 1425 160 1,200,000
Constr., 4x4 and smaller 825 425 925 900,000
DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH
Range, all grades 275-2250 625 900-2550 1,300,000-1,900,000
No. 2, 4x4 and smaller 1350 625 2025 190 1,600,000
Constr., 4x4 and smaller 1000 625 1650 1,500,000
SPRUCE-PINE-FIR
Range, all grades 275-1875 425 750-2100 1,100,000-1,500,000
No. 2, 4x4 and smaller 1310 425 1725 140 1,400,000
Constr., 4x4 and smaller 1000 425 1400 1,300,000
HEM-FIR
Range, all grades 250-2100 405 850-2250 1,100,000-1,600,000
No. 2, 4x4 and smaller 1275 405 1950 150 1,300,000
Constr., 4x4 and smaller 975 405 1550 1,300,000
SOUTHERN PINE
Range, all grades 275-2050 565 950-1800 1,100,000-1,600,000
No. 2, 4x4 and smaller 1300 565 1650 180 1,400,000
Constr., 4x4 and smaller 1000 565 1700 1,300,000
ADJUSTMENT FOR MOISTURE CONTENT
GREATER THAN 19%: Use percentage
85%** 67% 80% 97%* 90%
shown (also applies to wood used wet)
INCREASE FOR LOAD DURATION OF 7
DAYS OR LESS 25% 0% 25% 25% 0%
Note: Derived from National Design Specifications for Wood Construction.
Horizontal Shear Stress adjustment assumes members have no splits checks or shakes.
* When (Fb)(Cf) <= 1150 psi, Cm =1.0
** When (Fc)(Cf) <= 750 psi, Cm =1.0

Formulas Used to Calculate Safe Support Spacings of Joists and Ledgers

16 01/19
 General and Technical Information

Technical Information
General and
Exterior Hangers Spaced at Different Centers than Interior Hangers
These sketches illustrate one method of supporting the bridge deck formwork when exterior hangers are to be spaced at different
centers from the interior hangers.

Bridge
Overhang
X/2 Centers Brackets

A B

Exterior Exterior
Hangers Beam

Special Set
Joists and Plywood Omitted For Clarity
of Ledgers

Double
Ledgers

Interior
Beam

Interior “X” Centers

Hangers

Partial Plan View

C49 Bracket

Bridge Overhang Brackets

and Exterior Hangers
at “X∕2” Centers

Double 2X Ledgers
at “X” Centers

Double 2X Ledgers
at “X” Centers
Special Set
of Ledgers Parallel
to Exterior Beam
Bolt Runs Through
Center of Double
Bolt Runs Through 2X Ledger
Center of Span
Between Ledgers

Section View – “A” Section View – “B”

C49 Bracket C49 Bracket

01/19 17
 General and Technical Information
Technical Information
General and

Welding Half Hangers Fillet Weld Both

Sides of Strut Wire
Half
Hanger
Several styles of Half Hangers are manufactured by Dayton
Superior for use in special cases requiring one-sided forming. A
1∕2" Minimum
Half Hangers may generally be welded to structural steel beams
or rebar stirrups, however, preheat and other quality control
procedures may be required in order to develop a sound weld. It
is recommended that the user contact his local welding supply
dealer for assistance in determining the required welding
procedures. Structural
Warning: Since welding may alter the wire strut or rebar stirrup, Steel Beam
the charts shown below should only be used as a general guide in
determining the approximate strength of the welded connection.
Field tests should be performed on installed Half Hangers so that Half Hanger
Strut Wire
actual safe working loads may be established, since actual safe Fillet
Weld
working loads may be less than the maximum safe working loads
h
shown in this handbook. Failure to perform field tests may result
in premature and unexpected failures.

h Fillet Weld Size Safe Working Load per Linear Inch of Weld
h
1/8" 1,500 lbs.
3/16" 2,300 lbs. Section A
1/4" 3,100 lbs.
5/16" 3,900 lbs.
3/8" 4,700 lbs.
7/16" 5,500 lbs.
Note: Place half the required length of weld on each side of the strut wire. Minimum
length of weld is 4h. The user should add 1∕4" to the weld length for starting and
stopping the arc. SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Safe Working Load Per Weld
Flare-V-Groove Weld

Half Rebar
Hanger B Stirrups

Flare-V-Groove Weld
Half Hanger
1" min. past stirrup Strut Wire
or shear stud

1∕8"

Section B
Note: For additional details on welding Pres‑Steel Hangers to
Rebar stirrups, contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistance.

.375" Diameter Strut .440" Diameter Strut

Weld length (x = 3/16" Min.) (x = 7/32" Min.)
Rebar Stirrup Size Y Minimum
w
Grade 40 Stirrup Grade 60 Stirrup Grade 40 Stirrup Grade 60 Stirrup
#4 1/2" 1/4" 1,350 lbs. 1,800 lbs. 1,600 lbs. 2,100 lbs.
#5 5/8" 5/16" 1,700 lbs. 2,200 lbs. 2,000 lbs. 2,600 lbs.
#6 3/4" 3/8" 2,050 lbs. 2,650 lbs. 2,400 lbs. 3,100 lbs.
Note: Values are based on the use of E70 series electrodes for welding to Grade 40 stirrups and E90 series Electrodes for Grade 60 stirrups. S.W.L. provides a factor of
safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Reference: Structural Welding Code — Reinforcing Steel, American Welding Society, Miami, Florida Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, American Association of State
Highway and Transportation Officials, Washington, D.C. and P.C.I. Design Handbook, 6th Edition, Chicago, IL.

18 01/19
 High Capacity Interior/Exterior Hangers

Century Hanger Series

Purpose of the product
Dayton Superior Series of Century Hanger overhang bracket hangers are designed for high load capacities up to 18 kips and are
available in three distinct configurations. They are custom fabricated from plate steel, to construct all possible bridge design

Interior Hangers
formwork support needs. In addition to providing superior capacity, the Century Hanger Series of bridge overhang bracket hangers
offer unlimited tube angles giving Engineers design flexibility that has not been available in the market until now.

Century Hanger C110 Century Hanger C120 Century Hanger C130

Optimal Use of Century Hanger Series
Today longer, larger bridges are being designed requiring temporary formwork systems to withstand greater loads. Two questions
commonly brought out first are; what is the load capacity and safe working load of the product. The Century Hanger Series of
bridge overhang bracket hangers achieves higher load capacity at a 2:1 safety working load. The chart below outlines when to
consider Century Hangers over Pres-Steel Hangers. The two columns on the left (in white) provides an interchange between
Century Hanger type to Pres-Steel Hanger type, once you have determined the hanger type required, match your project load
capacity requirements in the chart to determine if Century Hangers are required.
When to Use the Pres-Steel Hanger Series or Century Hanger Series
Load Capacity
Series Hanger Tyles
Standard Load Capacities ≤ 6,000 ≤ 9,000 ≤ 12,000 ≤ 18,000
C24 Type 1
C24 Type 2
C24 Type 3
C24 Type 4AS
C110
C24 Type 4AC
C24 Type 4AP
C24 Type 4PR
C24 Type 4APR
C60 Type 1
C60 Type 1A
C64 Type 4A
C64 Type 4AN
C64 Type 9AN
Pres-Steel Series Century Hanger series
C60 Type 6A
C120 C62 Type 2A
C62 Type 6A
C62 Type 4A
C60 Type 7A
C62 Type 7A
C60 Type 8A Std
C60 Type 8A Hvy
C60 Type 9A
C63 Type 4AB
C130 C63 Type 1AB
C68 Type 4AB
C68 Type 9AB

01/19 19
 High Capacity Interior/Exterior Hangers

How to use Century Hangers

The Century Series line of bridge overhang bracket hangers are designed to be installed using the same methods employed when
installing Pres-Steel Hangers. The same requirements apply as they do with pre-steel hangers, the user of Dayton Superior
products must evaluate the product application, determine the appropriate safety factor, calculate the applied loads and control all
field conditions to prevent application of loads exceeds the products’ safe working loads. In situations where the bridge contractor
Interior Hangers

does not have a qualified person on staff to calculate hanger and bracket spacing, Dayton Superior’s Technical Assistance
Personnel are trained to provide such service. Additionally, they provide bridge deck accessory take-offs and detailed drawings to
the users of Dayton Superior bridge deck products. These services are provided at a nominal charge.

Key Ordering Considerations

When preparing to order Century Hangers there are several pieces of information you will need to provide. Tube angle, haunch
height, flange width, flange thickness (steel beam), diameter of the coil rod your design requires as well as the type and quantity of
coil nuts (see figure 6 for coil nut details).

Protective Coatings and Materials

If protective coating are required they must be specified when ordering. Century Hangers can be ordered epoxy coated, hot dipped
galvanized or made from stainless steel.

C110 Century Style

Use a C110 Century Hangers Series when stay-in-place
decking is used on exterior of a bridge. Common tubing angle
configurations are 15°, 45° and 75° with a required setback call
out when designing. When using a 90° century hanger a 1/8"
setback spacing from edge of flange to coil rod is required.
Required parameters are capacity, flange width, tube angle and
coating over steel. Optional haunch heights can be applied to
your hangers. Figure 1
C120 Century Style
Use a C120 Century Hanger Series when stay-in-place metal
decking is used and welding to the steel girder is prohibited.
Setbacks are applied when tubing angle is used at 15°, 45°,
and 75°. C120 hangers can be designed with different angles
for either side of hanger. C120s can support interior bay and
exterior decking formwork with maintaining various haunch
heights. Required parameters are capacity, tube angle A and B,
flange width, and coating to hanger.
Figure 2
C130 Century Style
C130 Century Hanger Series, a ideal half hanger for supporting
formwork. The 45° configuration is intended to be used with
either the C49 or C89 Bridge Overhang Bracket. “C” hanger
wraps around the beam flange for a strong stable bridge
overhang bracket connection. Required parameters are beam
flange, tube angle, flange width, flange thickness and coating to
hanger.

Figure 3

20 01/19
 High Capacity Interior/Exterior Hangers

Bridge Overhang System Safe Working Load Charts

The charts below provide information to determine the appropriate products to meet load capacity requirements.

Rod tensile Safe Working Load Optional

Century Hanger Series Rod Diameter Required Parameters
Strength (psi) (lbs) Parameters

Interior Hangers
6,000
1/2" 55,000 Capacity
9,000 Haunch
C110 Tube Angle
12,000 Max 16"
3/4" 80.000 HDG / E-Galv / Plain
18,000
6,000 Capacity
1/2" 55,000 Haunch 1
9,000 Tube 1 Angle
C120 Tube 2 Angle Haunch 2
12,000 Flange Width Max 16"
3/4" 80.000
18,000 HDG / E-Galv / Plain
6,000 Capacity
1/2" 55,000
9,000 Tube Angle
Haunch
C130 Flange Width
12,000 Max 16"
Flange Thickness
3/4" 80.000
18,000 HDG / E-Galv / Plain
NOTES: Tube angle configurations: 0°, 15°, 45°, 75°, or 90°. See product engineering for more custom parameters

Figure 4
Safe Working Loads
Coil Rods and Coil Nuts are important considerations when designing formwork support, Coil Rod and Coil Nut Safe Working Loads
are a key part of the design.

Tension Safe Working Loads Safe Working Load (lbs) 2:1 Safety factor (amount) Coil
Coil Rod Nut Type
1/2" Diameter Coil Rod = 9,000 lbs. Diameter
3/4" Diameter Coil Rod = 18,000 lbs. (1) B13 (2) B13 (1) B13H (1) B25

Based on 2:1 safety factor 1/2" 6,000 9,000 — 9,000

Figure 5 3/4" — 19,000 11,300 18,000

Figure 6

To Order:
Specify: (1) Quantity (2) Flange width if applicable,
(3) Flange thickness if applicable, (4) Tube angle,
(5) Capacity, (6) HDG or E-Galvanize or Plain, (7) Haunch 1
if applicable, (7) Haunch 2 if applicable.

REV.
01/19 06/22
05/20 21
 Interior Hangers

Application of Interior Hangers

Interior bridge deck hangers are typically fabricated using two heavy duty sheet metal end clips that have been electrically
resistance welded to an appropriate sized wire or formed metal connecting strut. In most cases, the end clips used on interior
hangers locate two coil bolts, one on each side of the bridge beam, at 90° to the top surface of the beam. These hangers can be
used on rolled structural steel beams, fabricated steel plate girders or precast/prestressed concrete girders.
Interior Hangers

On occasion, there is a need for an interior half hanger that may be welded to the top flange of a steel beam, attached to the shear
studs on a steel beam or the rebar shear connectors on concrete girders. However, most DOT specifications prohibit any type
of field welding to flanges in tension zones, restricting welding to compression zones only. When this restriction is encountered,
several types of clip-on hangers are available for use.
Hangers are placed at predetermined locations on top of the interior bay beams and support the formwork, as well as all
construction materials and workers during the installation phase of the formwork construction process. Once the formwork has
been completed and concrete is placed, the interior hangers support the weight of the freshly placed concrete. After the concrete
reaches a specified strength, hangers no longer serve a purpose and the coil bolts and washers can be removed allowing the
formwork to be removed.
All interior hangers are identified by the shape of the end section used in the manufacture of the hanger. Unless otherwise noted,
all end sections are designed to accept a 1/2" diameter coil bolt or coil rod.
Strut Wire

End Clip Haunch

Plyform
Sheathing Flange
Joist
Fillet Board

Ledgers

Web
Coil Bolt Washer
Coil Nut

Typical Section View at Interior Beams

22 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C60 Type 1 Pres-Steel Hanger

When a bridge deck is designed with a fillet that extends a short distance away from the edge of the beam, as shown in the sketch
below, this hanger is often selected for use. The hanger is designed to allow 1/8" maximum clearance between the edge of the
beam and the supporting 1/2" diameter coil bolts.

Interior Hangers
To adjust the bridge deck forming to grade, all the user has to do is turn the coil nuts, which will raise or lower the formwork as
needed. When adjusting the formwork to grade, care must be taken to ensure that the thread penetration does not become less than
1/2" when measured from the top of the coil nut.
To avoid decreasing the safe working of the hanger, full bearing of the end clips is required. Hangers must be equally loaded on both
sides to prevent formwork from tipping.
As the flanges of bridge beams often vary in width, it is essential to check the exact width of the flanges prior to ordering
hangers.
6" minimal flange
B13 1∕2" Coil Nut length Typical Interior
Hanger
Plywood Deck 1∕2" Minimum Use C29
Fillet Clip or C28
2" Min. Haunch Carrier

B11 Flat
Edge of 3∕8" Typical
Washer and
Flange
B13 1∕2" Coil
Joist Nut

B13 1∕2" Coil Nut or Double Ledgers

B39 1∕2" Wing Nut Cast
B11 Flat Washer

B14 1∕2" Coil Bolt

B14A Adjustable
Coil Bolt Fixed Length Coil Bolt Assembly

Adjustable Coil Bolt Assembly

Safe Working Load To Order:

3,500 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Example:
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. 759 pcs. C60 Type 1 Pres-Steel Hanger for 16" Flange.

01/19 23
 Interior Hangers

C60 Type 2 Pres-Steel Hanger

1∕2" Minimum 6" minimal flange width

.375" Diameter
Interior Hangers

3" Minimum

1" Maximum
Haunch

3∕8" Typical

The Type 2 hanger is similar to the Type 1 hanger, except it is designed to be used where the deck has up to a 1" haunch. 1/8"
maximum clearance between the edge of the beam and the 1/2" diameter coil bolts. To avoid decreasing the safe working load
of the hanger, full bearing of the end clips is required. Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides to prevent formwork from
tipping.

Safe Working Load To Order:

2,375 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. Example:
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. 750 pcs. C60 Type 2 Pres-Steel Hanger for 12" Flange.

C60 Type 3 Pres-Steel Hanger

Designed for a 2‑1/2" maximum haunch. Uses a corrugated strap to connect the end clips, which are bent outward to provide
stability under load. 1/8" maximum clearance between the edge of the beam and the 1/2" diameter coil bolts.
1∕2"
Minimum 6" minimal flange width

2-1∕2"

4-1∕2"
3-5∕8" Minimum
2-1∕2"
Maximum
Haunch
11 Ga. x 1-3∕8" Strap
for Strength
Leg Detail
3∕8"
Typical

Safe Working Load To Order:

2,500 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Example:
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. 570 pcs. C60 Type 3 Pres-Steel Hanger for 18" Flange.

24 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C60 Type 4 Pres-Steel Hanger

The C60 Type 4 Pres-Steel Hanger is a heavy duty hanger designed to be used when there is a fillet next to the beam flange. The
hanger is manufactured using two 90° end sections that are electrically resistance welded to a 0.440" diameter wire strut. The end
clips accepts 1/2" diameter coil rod and/or bolts which along with the coil nuts and washers support the interior formwork loads.

Interior Hangers
Due to the Interlock design of this hanger, it is very important that the user is aware of the exact flange widths prior to ordering
hangers. Once on the jobsite, if the flange width is too wide, not allowing the hanger to be positioned on the flange as shown
below, the hanger may be used with the Interlock ends pointing up instead of down.
The Interlock portion of the End Clip provides a reaction point that aids in reducing bending of the support bolts when hangers are
used on extremely wide flanges.

6" minimal
flange length .440"
B13 Coil Nut Diameter
Type 4 Pres‑Steel 1∕2" Min.
Plywood Deck Hanger 2" Minimum

1 2"
2∕

5∕8" Interlock
Joist

7 Ga. End Section

Type 4 Leg Detail

Double Ledgers
B14 Coil Bolt B11 Flat Washer

Safe Working Load To Order:

6,000 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Example:
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. 1,234 pcs. C60 Type 4 Pres-Steel Hanger for 12" flange

C60 Type 5 Pres-Steel Hanger

B13B13 CoilNut
Coil Nut
This hanger is exactly like the Type 4 hanger except it does not ∕4" Min.
3
3∕4" Min.
2‑3∕8" Min.
have the Interlock style end clips
Use with two 1/2" diameter coil rod and/or bolts which along
with the coil nuts and washers support the interior formwork
loads. Minimal flange length for C60 are 6'.

Joist
Safe Working Load
6,000 lbs. per Side
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides.

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.

Example:
1,640 pcs. C60 Type 5 Pres-Steel Hanger for 15" flange.

01/19 25
 Interior Hangers

C60 Type 7 Pres-Steel Hanger 1∕2"

Minimum
6" minimal flange
width
The C60 Type 7 Pres-Steel Hanger is similar to the standard Type 1
hanger but has the capacity to accommodate haunch heights up to 1‑1∕2".
3‑1∕2"
Note: The C60 Type 7 Pres-Steel Hanger is designed to be used with Minimum
1‑1∕2" Max.
Interior Hangers

full bearing under the end sections. It is essential to check the exact Haunch
beam width dimensions before ordering.

3∕8" Typical

Safe Working Load To Order:

2,375 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Example:
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. 1,000 pcs. C60 Type 7 Pres-Steel Hanger, for 18" flange.

C60 Type 8 Pres-Steel Hanger 6" minimal flange length

1∕2" Minimum
The Type 8 Press-Steel hanger is similar to the standard
um
Type 1 except the two end clips are designed to angle the "Minim
2‑1∕2
1/2" diameter bolts at 15° from vertical. It is available in two
different versions, a standard version or a heavy version.
The standard version uses a 0.375" diameter wire to
connect the end clips while the heavy version uses a 0.440"
diameter wire.
This hanger design offers the bridge contractor an 5,000 psi Concrete,
advantage on certain concrete girders, as it allows or greater
additional clearance below the formwork to support ledgers.
A B42 Batter Washer is recommended for use beneath the
ledgers, which will allow for proper bearing of the head of 15°
the 1/2" diameter coil bolt.

To Order:
Safe Working Load Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
Standard Version = 4,500 lbs. per Side
Heavy Version = 6,000 lbs. per Side Example:
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. 1,640 pcs. C60 Type 8 Pres-Steel Hanger for 18" flange.
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides.

26 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C60 Type 9 Pres-Steel Hanger 6" minimal

flange length
The Type 9 Press-Steel hanger is designed especially to support heavy forming ¾" Minimum
loads using 3/4" diameter coil bolts or coil rods. The hanger is fabricated using 4" Minimum
a 3/4" diameter rod connecting two 90° end clips that have been formed from
3/16" thick material.

Interior Hangers
In order to achieve the rated safe working load of 11,300 lbs. per side, 3/4"
diameter B13H Heavy Coil Nuts that measure 1‑1/4" across flats are required. If
the hanger is used with standard 3/4" diameter B13 Coil Nuts, the safe working
load will be reduced to 8,000 lbs. per side.

Safe Working Load To Order:

11,300 lbs. per Side with 3/4" B13-H Coil Nuts Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Example:
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. 600 pcs. C60 Type 9 Pres-Steel Hanger for 24" flange.

C41 Coil Rod Hanger

This hanger provides a simple, yet strong method of 1∕2"
Minimum
suspending formwork from interior bridge beams. The Haunch

formwork is adjusted to grade, after the ledgers are Required

installed, by the worker reaching under the ledgers and

adjusting the coil nut — raising or lowering the ledgers as
required.
Once the formwork has been stripped, a length of pipe is placed
over the extended leg and rotated back and forth until it breaks
at the provided break back. B13 Coil Nut 1∕2"
Diameter
Hangers are fabricated 1/2" wider than the flange width 2" Min.
specified. A 1" break back is standard.
When used on steel beams or girders, legs formed at 90° to Batter
.446" 1" Break
the top flange are recommended. For concrete girders or box Washer
Diameter Back
beams, legs formed at 15° to vertical are suggested. 15˚
90°
Optional for
Concrete
Beams Total
Drop

Thread
Length

1∕2" Coil Thread

Safe Working Load To Order:

4,500 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width, (4) total
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. drop, (5) length of thread, (6) bend angle
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. Example:
900 pcs. C41 Coil Rod Hanger, 12" flange, 18" total drop,
8" of thread and a 15 degree angle.

01/19 27
 Interior Hangers

C13 Plate Saddle Hanger Beam

Beam Width
Width

Dayton Superior C13 Plate Saddle Hanger is primarily used with steel beam
construction but can be used effectively on precast beams and concrete
block walls. No working parts or adjustments are required. Just hang the
hanger over a beam, insert the joists over the plates and lay plywood. The Total
Interior Hangers

Total
bearing plates are 1/2" wide and are fixed in position by swaging the wire. Drop
Drop
Standard plates are available for 2x4 and 4x4 SAS dressed lumber. C13
hangers are available with any drop dimension and any beam width over 2"
and with heavy duty 4 gauge wire. C13 hangers are recommended for use
with lumber joists only and should not be utilized to support metal joists.
Joist lumber should extend past the hanger bearing support a minimum of Joist
Joist
2".
Warning: Hanger must be equally loaded on both sides to prevent unequal C13 Plate Saddle Hanger
loading and resulting rotation of the hanger.
Special Application: This application requires care to ensure adequate Recommended for use with lumber joists only.
lumber bearing on the hanger. Use duplex head nail behind the hanger
plate to prevent the joist from slipping off of the hanger plate. Continuous
inspection, before and during concrete placement, is required. 1,500 lbs. for C13
Safe Working Load per side

SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

Plywood
Plywood

Joist
Joist To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width, (4) drop, (5)
joist lumber.
Minimum
Minimum 2"
2"
Example:
1,200 pcs. C13 Plate Saddle Hanger, standard 12" flange
width, 8-1/4" drop, 2x lumber.
SteelBeam
Steel Beam
Type
Type

Special Application

28 REV. 06/24
01/19
 Interior Hangers

C13A All-Wire Saddle Hanger BeamWidth

Beam Width

Dayton Superior C13A All-Wire Saddle Hanger is formed from a single wire and
butt-welded over the flange area. Wire sizes, working loads and applications are
similar to the C13 hanger, above. The C13A hanger is recommended for lumber
joists only. Do not utilize for metals joists. See warning note below. Total
Total

Interior Hangers
Drop
Drop Weld
Weld
Warning: Soft wood joists will crush in the area of the wire, even under light loads.
Tests show that the wood will crush approximately 1/8" at 300 pounds per side;
approximately 1/4" at 500 pounds each side and up to 3/4" at 1,000 pounds each side.
Warning: Hangers must be equally loaded, on both sides of the beam, to prevent
rotation of the hanger.
Joist
Joist

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) wire size, (4) C13A All-Wire Saddle Hanger
width, (5) drop, (6) joist lumber.
Example:
800 pcs. C13A All-Wire Saddle Hanger,
4 ga., 12" width, 8-1/4" drop, for 4" x 8" joist. Recommended for use with lumber joists only.

C14 Channel Hanger BeamWidth

Beam Width

Dayton Superior C14 Channel Hanger is similar to the C13 hanger with the
exception of channels instead of plates to support the wood joists. The
channels increase the safe working load on the hanger and help reduce
crushing of the wood. Soft wood joists may crush up to 3/16" at safe Total
Total
working loads. Drop
Drop

Warning: Hanger must be equally loaded, on both sides of the beam, to

prevent hanger rotation.
Special Application: This application requires care to ensure adequate lumber
bearing on the hanger. Use duplex head nail behind the hanger plate to
prevent the joist from slipping off of the hanger plate. Continuous inspection, Joist
Joist
before and during concrete placement, is required..

C14 Channel Hanger

Plywood
2,250 lbs. per side
Joist
Joist
Safe Working Loads

Minimum 2"
Minimum 2"
Steel Beam To Order:
Type
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) width,
Steel Beam (4) drop, (5) joist lumber.
Type
Example:
800 pcs. C14A All-Wire Saddle Hanger,
12" width, 8-1/4" drop, for 4" x 8" joist.

SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2

to 1.

Special Application

REV.
01/1906/24 29
 Interior Hangers

C24 Type S Pres-Steel Steel Beam Half Hangers

C24 Type S Pres-Steel Steel Beam Half Hangers are produced using Standard Length 6"
a single 1∕2" end clip welded to a formed wire strut and are used
where conditions prevent the use of regular interior hangers. All 1∕2" Min.
of the C24 Interior Half Hangers utilize a 90° end clip except for the
Interior Hangers

Weld
Type 8-S Half Hanger which use a 15° end clip. "B"

Type S Half Hangers are designed for use on steel beams. The
standard Type S Half Hanger uses a wire strut that measure 6" from
the centerline of the bolt to the end of the strut.

Typical Steel Beam Application

C24 Type C Pres-Steel Concrete Beam Half Hangers

The Type C Pres-Steel Half Hanger used on Standard Length 9"
concrete beams are the same as the above
Half Hangers with the exception that the
standard wire strut is 9" long.
Weld 1∕2" Min.
These concrete beam half hangers are
designed to be welded to the rebar shear "B"
connectors that extend from the top surface
of a precast concrete girder.
More weld and hanger capacity can be
achieved by welding a suitably sized steel
plate to the rebar shear connectors, using
four vertical fillet welds, to weld the plate
to the shear connectors. Then weld the
strut wire to the steel plate. May be applied
to steel beams by welding to the shear
connector studs.
Typical Precast Concrete Girder Application
This application is shown in the Special
Precast Concrete Girder Application to
the right. StandardFillet
Vertical Length 9"
Welds
Weld (Both Sides of Rebar)
Please see the General and Technical Vertical Fillet Welds
Section of this handbook for additional (Both Sides of Rebar)

information on field welding of half

hangers. 1∕2" Min.

"B"

Fillet Weld
Fillet Weld
(Opposite Side)
(Opposite Side)

Special Precast Concrete Girder Application

30 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C24 Pres-Steel Half Hanger

Proper welding procedures must be used when welding half hangers, as field welding may limit the safe working load of a hanger
to less than the maximum SWL listed Field tests should be conducted to establish the actual safe working load of the hanger.

Strut Standard

Interior Hangers
Designation Sketch Haunch SWL B Dimension
Configuration Length
1-C Jogged 9" — 3,000 2"

1-S Jogged 6" — 3,000 2"

2-C Jogged 9" 1" 2,375 3"

2-S Jogged 6" 1" 2,375 3"

3-S Jogged 6" 2½" 2,000 4½"

4-C Straight 9" — 6,000 2"

4-S Straight 6" — 6,000 2"

7-C Jogged 9" 1½" 2,375 3½"

7-S Jogged 6" 1½" 2,375 3½"

8-C Jogged 9" — 3,000 2½"

8-S Jogged 6" — 3,000 2½"

Notes: Safe working load provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

Coil bolt or coil rod must penetrate through the coil nut a minimum of 1/2". To Order:
“B” dimension is distance from top of girder to top of coil rod (see previous page for diagram). Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) strut length.
When used on concrete beams, the safe working load shown is based on a minimum concrete
flange thickness of 5" and the normal weight concrete having reached a minimum compressive Example:
strength of 5,000 psi.
57 pcs. C24 Type 8-C Pres-Steel Half Hanger with
For hangers used on concrete beams with conditions not meeting above requirements please
contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistance.
12" long strut.
Longer length strut wire is available on request.

01/19 31
 Interior Hangers

C24 Precast Half Hanger

Precast half hangers were developed for use in wide precast concrete girders.
They are currently used in all types of precast concrete bridge girders and 2"
beams.
Interior Hangers

Half hangers are installed by the precaster during the girder production process at
predetermined centers provided by the bridge contractor.
Care must be exercised by the precaster to install these hangers so there will be a
1/8" clearance between the edge of the beam and the 1/2" coil bolt.
The half hangers must be positioned so the end clip will bear on the top surface of
the beam. Failure to properly install these half hangers can result in a reduction in
the hangers safe working load.
Type 1-PR and Type 4-PR are used when a fillet is required next to the beam.-
C24 Type 1-PR Precast Half Hanger
The Type 3-PR Half hanger is used with a maximum of 2‑1/2" haunch. 3,000 lbs. SWL
When additional clearance is required beneath the ledgers for the supporting
hardware, the Type 8-PR Half hanger will support the coil rod at a 15° angle
off of vertical.
SWL provides approximately a 2 to 1 factor of safety when hangers are
1/2" Minumum
installed in a beam having a concrete flange thickness of 5" and the normal (Typical)
weight concrete having achieved a minimum compressive strength or 5,000
4‑1/2"
psi.

6" Typical

C24 Type 3-PR Precast Half Hanger

2,000 lbs. SWL

2‑1/2"

C24 Type 4-PR Precast Half Hanger

6,000 lbs. SWL 4" Typical

C24 Type 8-PR Precast Half Hanger

6,000 lbs. SWL

32 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C25 Pres-Steel Adjustable Half Hanger

The C25 Pres-Steel Adjustable Half Hanger is available in Minimal Length
As Required
three types:
2"
Type 1 Hanger – 90° end clip Minimum

Interior Hangers
Type 2 Hanger – 90° end clip with 1" haunch 1∕2" Minimum

Type 7 Hanger – 90° end clip with 1‑1/2" haunch Clip B13
1∕2" Diameter 1∕2" Coil
Type 8 Hanger – 15° end clip Coil Rod Nuts
“B”
Each half hanger consists of a 1/2" end clip welded to a
length of 1/2" diameter Coil Rod, Stirrup Clips and 1/2"
Coil Nuts.
These half hangers are used to support interior deck
formwork when one-sided forming is required and
welding to the shear connectors or flange is not
5,000 psi, or greater, 3∕8"
permitted by the DOT. Concrete
Stirrup Clips are available in #3, #4, #5, #6 and
#7 rebar sizes or 3∕8", 1∕2", 5/8", 3∕4" and 7∕8" stud
diameters as required.
C25 Selection Chart
Safe Working Load
Type 1 Hanger with One Clip
Maximum Standard
Type
One Clip Two Clips Haunch Length

1 3,000 lbs. 3,000 lbs. 0" 8" SAFETY NOTE:

2 2,000 lbs. 2,375 lbs. 1" 8" In order to develop the safe working loads listed, two Coil Nuts
must compress each Stirrup Clip securely to the rebar stirrup or
7 2,000 lbs. 2,375 lbs. 1‑1/2" 8" shear stud. Failure to accomplish a secure connection will greatly
8 2,000 lbs. 3,000 lbs. 0" 8" reduce the safe working load of the hanger.
SWL provides a safety factor of approximately 2 to 1
To Fit #3 thru #7
Length As Required
Rebar Stirrups
or Welded Studs

1/2" Minimum
11∕4"

9∕16"

Diameter
1∕8" Holes

Stirrup Clip Detail

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) type, (4) Length, (5)
number of clips and (6) clip size.

Example: Type 1 Hanger with Two Clips

125 pcs. C25 Type 2 Pres-Steel Adjustable Half
Hanger, 12" long with 2 clips for #6 Rebar.

REV.
01/19 06/24 33
 Interior Hangers

C63 Pres-Steel Hook Half Hanger 2‑3∕4"

Several types of hook half hangers are available for use with metal or prestressed concrete stay-in-
1‑1/2"
place interior deck forms. The beam hook is designed to slip over the edge of a steel beam having a
minimum flange thickness of 1/2".
Interior Hangers

These half hangers are manufactured using a 90° end clip that accepts a 1/2" diameter coil bolt. The
end clip is electrically resistance welded to a wire strut which is formed and welded to a steel beam 1"
hook, providing 180° reinforcement to the hook for increased safety. 1∕4"
SWL’s provides approximately a 2 to 1 factor of safety. Beam Hook Detail

3" Min.

C63 Type 1-B Hanger C63 Type 2-B Hanger

3,500 lbs. safe working load. 2,375 lbs. safe working load.
Designed to form a bridge deck having a fillet next to the beam.
Designed To accommodate haunch heights of up to 1".

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) type, (4) flange width, (5)
flange thickness.

Example:
175 pcs. C63 Type 2 Pres-Steel Hook Half Hanger, for 18"
flange width x 1-1/4" thick.

C63 Type 4-B Hanger

5,000 lbs. safe working load.
Heavy duty half hanger designed for use to form a bridge deck having a fillet
next to the beam.

34 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C68 90° Type 4-B Ty-Down Half Hanger

This is an excellent hanger for applications requiring a heavy duty
interior half hanger. Normally supplied hot dipped galvanized after
fabrication as a portion of the hanger will normally not be encased in
the concrete deck leaving the exposed portion to rapidly corrode if not

Interior Hangers
protected with a heavy zinc coating.
This hanger is rated with a safe working load of 6,000 lbs. and is
designed to work with 1/2" diameter coil bolt.
SWL provides approximately a 2 to 1 factor of safety.

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) type, (4) Length, (5)
flange thickness and (6) finish.

Example:
175 pcs. C68 Type 4 Ty-Down Half Hanger, for 14"
flange width x 1-1/8" thick, HDG.

01/19 35
 Notes and Sketches
Interior Hangers
Interior Hangers

36 01/19
 Notes and Sketches
Interior Hangers

Interior Hangers

01/19 37
 Interior Hangers

C44 and C45 Con-Beam Hanger

Dimension “A” 1∕2" Minimum

1∕4" Minimum
Interior Hangers

Concrete

Minimum
6" for C44
7" for C45 Brace Chair Leg
Haunch Height Typical Con-Beam Hanger

5,000 psi Concrete,

or greater

Setback Overhang

C44 and C45 Con-Beam Hanger

Type Overhang Setback Haunch Leg Height
C44 3∕8" 1-1∕4" 4" 4-1∕4"
C44 5∕8" 1" 3-1∕4" 4-1∕4"
C44 7∕8" 3∕4" 2-1∕8" 4-1∕4"
C44 1-1∕8" 1∕2" 1" 4-1∕4"
C44 1-3∕8" 1∕4" 0" 4-1∕4"
C45 3∕8" 1-1∕2" 5" 5-1∕4"
C45 5∕8" 1-1∕4" 4-1∕8" 5-1∕4"
C45 7∕8" 1" 3-1∕8" 5-1∕4"
C45 1-1∕8" 3∕4" 2" 5-1∕4"
C45 1-3∕8" 1∕2" 1" 5-1∕4"
C45 1-5∕8" 1∕4" 0" 5-1∕4"
Note: Dimension “A” is equal to 2 times the overhang plus flange width.

The C44 and C45 Con-Beam Hanger is designed to provide coverage of various haunch heights up to 5" and numerous overhang
conditions. The top plate of the hanger is fabricated from steel strap and is reinforced with a brace chair on wider hangers. C44
and C45 hangers are designed for use with 1∕2" Coil Bolts or Coil Rods only.
Con-Beam Hangers are designed for supporting interior formwork only. Do not use for suspending overhang form loads.

Safe Working Load To Order:

3,000 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) dimension “A”, (4)
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. flange width.
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. Example:
750 pcs. C44 Con-Beam Hanger, 15‑3∕4" A dimension
for 15" flange.

38 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C46 Con-Beam Hanger

Overhang is Normally
3∕8"
1∕2"
Minimum B13 1∕2" Coil Bolt

Interior Hangers
2-7∕8" Max.
Haunch

Joist

5,000 psi
Concrete,
or greater

Double
Ledgers

2x Flat

B11 Flat Washer

B14 1∕2" Coil Bolt

Dimension “A”
C46 Con-Beam Hanger
Haunch Overhang Setback Brace
Chair
2-7/8" 3/8" 1" 3-1∕8"
2-1/2" 5/8" 3/4"
2" 7/8" 1/2"
Setback
1-5/8" 1" 3/8" 5,000 psi
Note: Dimension “A” is equal to 2 times the overhang Concrete,
or greater
plus flange width.
Overhang

The C46 Con-Beam Hanger is designed to provide coverage of various haunch heights up to 2‑7∕8" and numerous overhang
conditions. The top plate of the hanger is fabricated from steel strap and is reinforced with a brace chair on wider hangers.
C46 hangers are designed for use with 1∕2" Coil Bolts or Coil Rods only.
Con-Beam Hangers are designed for supporting interior formwork only. Do not use for suspending overhang form loads.

Safe Working Load To Order:

3,000 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) dimension “A”, (4)
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. flange width.
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. Example:
750 pcs. C46 Con-Beam Hanger, 22" A dimension for
20" flange.

01/19 39
 Interior Hangers

C47 Con-Beam Hanger

B13 1∕2"
1∕2" Minimum Overhang
Coil Nut
Interior Hangers

4" Minimum

5,000 psi Joist

Concrete,
or greater

B11 1∕2" Flat

Washer Double 2x Ledgers
B14 1∕2" Coil
Nut

C46 Con-Beam Hanger

Dimension “A”
Haunch Overhang Setback
2-1/2" 3/8" 1-5/8"
2-3∕4"
2-1/4" 1/2" 1-1/2"
2" 3/4" 1-1/4" Brace Chair

1-3/4" 1" 1"

1-1/2" 1-1/4" 3/4" Overhang 5,000 psi
Concrete,
1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1/2" or greater
Setback
1-1/8" 1-3/4" 1/4"
Note: Dimension “A” is equal to 2 times the overhang
plus flange width.

The C47 Con-Beam Hanger is designed to provide coverage of various haunch heights up to 21∕2" and overhang conditions up to
1‑3∕4" away from the beam side. The top plate of the hanger is fabricated from steel strap and is reinforced with a brace chair on
wider hangers. C47 hangers are designed for use with 1∕2" Coil Bolts or Coil Rods only.
Con-Beam Hangers are designed for supporting interior formwork only. Do not use for suspending overhang form loads.

Safe Working Load To Order:

2,000 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) dimension “A”, (4)
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. flange width.
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. Example:
750 pcs. C47 Con-Beam Hanger, 151∕2" A
dimension for 12" flange.

40 01/19
 Interior Hangers

C46H and C46TH Con-Beam Half Hanger

6-1∕4"
1∕2" Minimum

Interior Hangers
2-7∕8" Max. 3-1∕8"
Haunch

C46H
Con-Beam Half
Hanger

12"
1∕2" Minimum

2-7∕8" 4-1∕4"
Max.
Haunch

5,000 psi
Concrete,
C46TH or Greater
Con-Beam Half Hanger

The C46H and C46TH Half Hangers are designed to be used where conditions prevent the use of standard Con-Beam Hangers. The
C46H hanger is designed so it can be welded to the top surface of a structural steel bridge beam. It is 6‑1∕4" from centerline of the
bolt hole to the end of the hanger and has an overall height of 3‑1∕2".
The C46TH hanger comes in a standard length of 12" and has an overall height of 4‑1∕4". The hanger is designed to be welded to the
stirrups of a precast concrete bridge beam.
Caution: Care must be exercised when welding hangers. Field welding may alter the strength of the wire strut and may limit
the hanger to a much lower safe working load than that shown in the chart. Field tests should be conducted to verify actual safe
working loads. See related note on welding in the General and Technical Information Section.

Safe Working Load To Order:

3,000 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Example:
750 pcs. C46H Con-Beam Half Hanger.

01/19 41
 Interior Hangers

C28 Haunch Carrier Haunch Carrier at

Beam Flange Width 2'-0" O.C. Typical
1" Break
Back
3∕8" Min.
Interior Hangers

2-3∕4" 2-3∕4"
Std. Interior Style Std. Saw Cut for Hanger
3∕4" Plywood

Beam Flange Width

3
∕8" Min.

Dimension
“C”
2"
Std. 23∕4" The C28 Haunch Carrier is used to support haunch or filler
Std.
Exterior Style Dimension “D” strips to simplify framing, erection and stripping. The C28
Haunch Carrier is available for interior and exterior forming
“A” = Flange Thickness + Plywood Thickness Less 1∕8" for Tightness (1‑1∕8" configurations and is equipped with a standard 1" breakback
= Minimum “A”) capability similar to Snap Ties.
Do not weld haunch carrier to beam. Do not stand on trim
strips supported only by the Haunch Carrier.

Safe Working Load To Order:

100 lbs. per Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) types, (4) beam width, (5)
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. “A” and “C” (Exterior only) dimensions, (6) break back.

Example:
500 pcs. C28 Haunch Carrier, Exterior Type, 12" beam width,
“A” = 1‑3∕8" “C” = 3∕4", Break Back 1".

C29 Fillet Clip

The C29 Fillet Clip is used to support haunch or filler strips by bolting through the form with a ½" Coil Bolt (not included). The C29 clip
is available for flange thickness of ¾" or greater and can be special ordered with plastic protected legs, if required.
Do not stand on trim strips supported only by the fillet clips.
Height
C29 Fillet Clip 1∕2" Minimum B13 1∕2" Coil Nut 9∕16"

B11 1∕2" Galvanized Wire Leg

Flat Washer
C29 Fillet Clip Fillet Clip Detail
B14 1∕2" Coil Bolt

For use in supporting 3" to 4" wide fillets.

To Order:
Safe Working Load Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.
350 lbs. per Side Example:
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. 200 pcs. C29 Fillet Clips.

42 01/19
 Exterior Hangers

Application of Exterior Hangers

Exterior hangers generally utilize two different types of end clips, a 90° end See Interior Hangers section for
to support the interior formwork and a 45° end to support the overhang
Century Hanger Series used as
forming on the exterior side. Dayton Superior offers several exterior
hangers that are especially designed to support bridge deck formwork loads, exterior hangers.
consisting of a live load, dead load, formwork load and usually on the exterior
overhang a concrete conveyor and/or a finishing machine load.
Occasionally, 45° half hangers may be required, especially for use in situations where prestressed concrete or steel stay-in-place
forms are used to form the interior bays of a bridge deck.
Exterior bridge deck hangers are designed for use on rolled structural steel beams, fabricated steel plate girders or precast/
prestressed concrete girders. Hangers are designed to be used with full bearing under the end clips. It is essential to check the
exact beam width and flange thickness dimensions before ordering.

Exterior Hangers
G14 Cradle Head Screed Rail
Job Built Support
Guardrail Barrier Reinforcing Steel

2nd Pour

Bracing 2nd Pour

45° End Section
90° End Section
with Interlock

1st Pour

Exterior Side Interior Side

Bridge Overhang
Bracket

Exterior Beam

Typical Section View at Exterior Beams

For safety reasons, a qualified person must accurately calculate the loads induced into an overhang bracket and exterior hanger.
Calculated loads must be equal to or less than the hanger safe working load as well as the overhang bracket’s safe working load.
The user is encouraged to contact the closest Dayton Superior Technical Assistance for assistance if they are not qualified to
determine the applied loads and the resulting hanger and overhang bracket spacing.

01/19 43
 Exterior Hangers

C60 Type 1-A Pres-Steel Hanger

The Type 1-A Pres-Steel Hangers are especially designed
6" minimal
to be used when there is a fillet, on the interior side of flange length
the beam. This hanger consists of a 90° end clip and 45° 3" Minimum

end clip electrically resistance welded to a single 0.375" 1/2" Min.

diameter wire strut. 2" Min.

Both end clips are designed to work with 1/2" diameter

coil bolts or coil rods. The design allows installation and
adjustment from the top of the formwork.
3/8"
Typical

SAFETY NOTE:
This hanger should be used to support overhang
Exterior Hangers

brackets only when the weight of concrete finishing

machine and/or conveyor machine is supported directly
on the exterior bridge beam.

2-1/2" Minimum
Safe Working Load
3,500 lbs. per Side
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.

Example:
750 pcs. C60 Type 1-A Pres-Steel Hanger for 12" flange.

C60 Type 2-A Pres-Steel Hanger

The Type 2-A hanger is similar in design to the Type 1-A hanger above, except it is designed to provide a 1" haunch relief on the
interior side.
Both end clips are designed to work with 1/2" diameter coil bolts or coil rods.
6" minimal flange length
SAFETY NOTE:
This hanger should be used to support .375" Diameter 1/ 2" Min.
M 3"
.
in

overhang brackets only when the weight of

concrete finishing machine and/or conveyor 3" Minimum
machine is supported directly on the exterior
1" Haunch
bridge beam.

1/ 8" Typical

3/ 8" Typical

Safe Working Load

2,375 lbs. per Side To Order:
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.

Example:
1,250 pcs. C60 Type 2-A Pres-Steel Hanger for 24" flange.

44 01/19
 Exterior Hangers

C62 Type 6-A Pres-Steel Hanger 7" minimal length

This is an excellent hanger to use when a higher haunch 1/2"Min.
is required on the interior side of the exterior beam and a Cut
Washer
finishing and/or concrete conveyor is to be supported on
the exterior overhang formwork. Designed to work with a

im "
in /2
um
5" Minimum

M 3-1
haunch height of up to 2‑1/2".
End clips accept 1/2" diameter coil rod or coil bolts.

SAFETY NOTE:
To develop the safe working load of this hanger
requires the use of a 1/2" E-7 Cut Washer be used
between the top of the 90° end clip and the 1/2"
1/4" x 1-3/4" Strap
Coil Nut. 3/4"

Exterior Hangers
Interlock

Safe Working Load To Order:

4,000 lbs. on 45° Side Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
2,800 lbs on 90° Side
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. Example:
25 pcs. C62 Type 6-A Pres-Steel Hanger for 16" flange.

C60 Type 7-A Pres-Steel Hanger 6" minimal length

The Type 7-A hanger is similar to the Type 1-A
1/2" Minimum
but can accommodate haunch heights up to .375" Diameter

3" n.
1-1/2". Use with 1/2" diameter coil rod or bolts.

M
i
3-1/2"Minimum

SAFETY NOTE:
This hanger should be used to support
overhang brackets only when the weight 1-1/2"
of concrete finishing machine and/or Maximum
Haunch
conveyor machine is supported directly 1/8"
on the exterior bridge beam.

Safe Working Load To Order:

Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
2,375 lbs. per Side
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. Example:
1,850 pcs. C60 Type 7-A Pres-Steel Hanger for 12" flange.

01/19 45
 Exterior Hangers

C60 Type 8-A Pres-Steel Hanger

The Type 8-A hanger consists of a 15° end clip and a 45° end clip, both designed to accept ½" diameter coil rods or bolts. The 15°
end supports the interior formwork while the 45° end supports the overhang bracket and the exterior formwork.
Available in two styles, standard and heavy, with the heavy unit having a higher safe working load.
Typically used on precast/prestressed concrete beams and girders as the 15° interior end clip allows additional clearance below the
formwork to support the ledgers. A B42 Batter Washer is recommended for use beneath the ledgers, to allow for proper bearing of
the head of the ½" diameter coil bolt.
The 15° end clip has a separate interlock welded to it, which resists the lateral loads induced into the hanger due to the overhang
bracket loads.
As with other types of pres-steel hangers, installation and adjustment to grade is from the top of the beams.
Exterior Hangers

6" minimal length

1/2"Minimum

3"
M
in
im
Interlock

um
2-1/2"
Minimum

5,000 psi
concrete
or greater

Safe Working Load To Order:

4,500 lbs. per Side - Standard Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
6,000 lbs. per Side - Heavy
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
Example:
275 pcs. C60 Type 8-A Pres-Steel Hanger for 12" flange.

46 01/19
 Exterior Hangers

C60 Type 4-A Pres-Steel Hanger

The Type 4-A Pres-Steel Hanger is fabricated with a 90° interlock
type end clip and a 45° end clip, both of which are electric resistance A B Diameter C Minimum
welded to a 0.440" diameter wire strut. Both end clips are designed
to accept 1/2" diameter coil bolts and/or coil rods and nuts. D
Min.
The 90° end has an interlock end clip which resist lateral forces from
the loads applied at the 45° end.

Bolt Diameter Interlock

Type Safe Working Load A B C D 1/8"
45° End 90° End Typical

4-A 6,000 lbs. per Side 1/2" 1/2" 3" .440" 1/2" 2"

Exterior Hangers
S.W.L. provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.

Example:
150 pcs. C60 Type 9-A Pres-Steel Hanger for 18" flange.

C60 Type 9-A Pres-Steel Hanger

The type 9-A Pres-Steel Hanger is fabricated with a 90° interlock type end A B Diameter C Minimum
clip and a 45° end clip, both of which are electric resistance welded to a
0.750" diameter wire strut. Both end clips are designed to accept 3/4" D
diameter coil bolts and /or coil rods using B13H (Heavy Hex) nut. Min.
Type 9-A hanger is similar to the 4-A, except it is fabricated from 3/4"
diameter strut wire and heavier end clips designed to accept 3/4" diameter
coil rod. Interlock
1/8"
The Type 9-A hanger is intended for use with the C89L Heavy Duty Bridge Typical
Overhang Brackets, which requires the use of a 3/4" diameter coil bolt.
The 90° end has an interlock end clip which resist lateral forces from the loads applied at the 45° end.
SAFETY NOTE: 11,300 lbs. per side with B13H Coil Nuts
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. To Order:
WARNING: Hangers must be equally loaded on both sides. Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width.
To develop the safe working load of the Type 9-A requires the use Example:
of 3/4" B13H (Heavy Hex) Coil Nuts or two 3/4" B13 Coil Nuts with 600 pcs. C60 Type 9 Pres-Steel Hanger for 24"
a 3/4" E7 Cut Washer. flange.

Bolt Diameter
Type Safe Working Load A B C D
45° End 90° End
11,300 lbs. per
9-A 3/4" 3/4" 4-1/2" .750" 3/4" 3-1/2"
Side
S.W.L. provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

C67 Tie Bar Beam Clip Pre-Stress Hanger

C67 Tie Bar Beam Clip Pre-stress Hanger is an ideal half hanger for
supporting overhang formwork over stay-in-place decking. These half
3-1/2"
hangers are fabricated with the strut wire formed into a “J” shape so Max.
it engages the edge of the flange. A 90° interlock end clip is welded
to the strut wire to
To Order: provide increase
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange capacity. This
width, (4) anti-tip plate, if needed. hanger is furnished
7-1/2"
with a 90° end clip Min.
Example: that accepts a 1/2"
150 pcs. C67 Tie bar Beam Clip Pres-Steel diameter coil rod or bolt. Other sizes
Hanger, 1.00 Flange Thickness. Hanger Safe Working Load
and configurations available. Contact
2,500 lbs. at 2 to 1 factor of safety.
technical service for assistance.
05/20
01/19 47
 Exterior Hangers

C68 Type 4-AB Pres-Steel Ty-Down Half Hanger

6" Min. Flange
The C68 is an ideal half hanger for supporting overhang formwork when Width
stay-in-place metal decking is used on the interior bays of a bridge deck.
These half hangers are fabricated with the strut wire formed into a “J” C68 45°
shape so it engages the edge of the flange. A 90° interlock end clip is Ty-Down
Hanger

A
welded to the strut wire to provide increased capacity.
The Type 4-AB half hanger is furnished with a 45° end clip that accepts a
1/2" diameter coil rod or bolt.

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width, (4) flange thickness.

Example:
Exterior Hangers

150 pcs. 4-AB Pres-Steel Ty-Down Half Hanger for 18" wide x 1‑1/2"
thick flange.

Type Safe Working Load Bolt Diameter A

4-AB 6,000 lbs. 1/2" 3"
S.W.L. provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

Metal Deck Application NOTE: Metal decking materials shown as example only.
Actual application may vary.

Cut slot and bend tab down for hanger to fit

48 01/19
 Exterior Hangers

C41 Type 4-A Coil Rod Hanger

This hanger is fabricated with a 45° end
clip electrically resistance welded to the
3"
end of a 0.444" diameter wire strut that 1" Breakback
is bent an angle. The opposite end is
threaded with a length of 1/2" coil threads.
The user must specify the required length
of threads.
The threaded end of the hanger supports 2" Min.
Thread
the interior formwork while the 45°end to Bend
clip supports the overhang bracket and
the applied formwork loads. When used
on steel beams or girders, legs formed at

Exterior Hangers
90° to the top flange are recommended.
For concrete girders or box beams, legs Total Drop
formed at 15° to vertical are suggested.
The interior formwork is adjusted to Thread
Length
grade, after the ledgers are installed, by
the worker reaching under the ledgers
and adjusting the coil nut — raising or
lowering the ledgers as required. 2" to 4"

Designed to accommodate haunch heights

of 1/2" or greater and comes equipped with
a 1" breakback.
After the deck has been placed and the formwork has been stripped,
a length of pipe is placed over the exposed end of the hanger, rotated
back and forth until the end “breaks off” at the breakback.

Safe Working Load

4,500 lbs. per Side
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
B42
Batter
Washer
To Order:
15°
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width, (4) total drop, (5)
thread length.

Example: Optional for Concrete

500 pcs. C41 Type 4-A Coil Rod Hanger for 12" flange, with 14" total Beams
drop, provide 8" thread.

01/19 49
 Exterior Hangers

C63 Type 4-AB Pres-Steel Hook Half Hanger

Used when one-sided forming is required and field
welding to the beam is prohibited. Can be furnished 6" minimal flange
electroplated or hot dip galvanized after fabrication for length
corrosion resistance, if specified.

3- Min
Type 4-AB hanger is designed for use with 1/2" diameter

1∕2 .
"
coil bolts. Manufactured using a 45° end clip welded to
formed wire strut. The interior end of the wire strut is
wrapped-around and welded to a 1/4" thick steel beam
clamp. The wrapped-around wire strut reinforces and
strengthens the beam clamp which slips over the flange of
a steel beam anchoring the hanger.
Exterior Hangers

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) flange width,
(4) flange thickness and (5) finish.

Example: Safe Working Load

205 pcs. C63 Type 4-AB Pres-Steel Half 5,000 lbs. for 4-AB
Hanger, for 12" wire x 1" thick flange, HDG. At 2 to 1 factor of safety

C64 Type 4-A and 4-AN Pres- "A" Dimension

1∕2" Min.
Steel Half Hanger
This type of hanger works extremely well on bridge
rehab projects, bridge widening jobs and other C Minimum
similar projects where only exterior formwork
support is required. This hanger can also be
used on concrete girders with 6" minimum flange
thickness on Type 4-A and 4-AN hangers.
The actual safe working load of the these hangers 1/8" Typical
is highly dependent on the size of the headed shear
stud, as well as the strength of the weld between
the stud and the beam flange. The safe working
load is based on the use of a properly welded 3/4"
diameter stud with a minimum tensile strength of 55,000 psi.
The Type 4-A and 4-AN use a 1/2" diameter coil bolt. The Type 9-AN is similar with the exception that it uses a 3/4" diameter coil
bolt.
C64 type 9-AN comes with 3" x 3" x 1/4" bearing plate beneath the end clip. To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) “A” dimension.
Maximum Safe Bolt Diameter
Type A Min. B C Example:
Working Load
45° End 90° End 100 pcs. C64 Type 4-AN Pres-Steel Half Hanger,
“A” = 8".
4-A 6,000 lbs. 1/2" 1/2" 6" .440" 2"
4-AN 6,000 lbs. 1/2" 3/4" 6" .440" 2"
SWL of hanger provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

SAFETY NOTE:
The safe working load of the Type 9-A hanger requires 3/4" B13H (Heavy
Hex) Coil Nuts.

50 REV. 06/24
01/19
 Exterior Hangers

C64 Type 9-AN Heavy Duty Pres-Steel Hanger

The type 9-AN Pres-Steel Hanger is Fabricated
with a 90° interlock type end clip and a 45° end
clip, welded to a 0.750" diameter wire strut.
Both end clips are designed to accept 3/4"
diameter coil bolts and/or coil rods and must be
used in conjunction with B13H Heavy Hex Coil
Nuts (Product Code 45702).
The Type 9-AN Pres-Steel Hanger is intended
for use with the C89L Heavy Duty Bridge
Overhang Brackets, which requires the use of
a 3/4" diameter coil bolt.

Exterior Hangers
C64 Type 9-AN comes with a 3"x3"x1/4" Bearing
Plate beneath the end clip.
The actual Safe Working Load of these hangers
is highly dependent on the size of the headed
shear stud and the strength of the weld between
the stud and the beam flange. The Safe Working 1"

Load is based on the use of a properly welded

3/4" diameter stud with a minimum tensile
strength of 80,000 psi.

SAFETY NOTE:
The Safe Working Load of the C64 Type 9-AN
Hanger requires use of 3/4" B13H (Heavy Hex)
Coil Nuts (Product Code 45702).

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) “A” Dimension.

Example:
600 pcs. C64 Type 9 Pres-Steel Hanger for 24" “A”
Dimension.

Maximum Safe Bolt Diameter

Type Working Load A. B C D
(lbs per side) 45° End 90° End

9-AN 11,300. 3/4" 3/4" 8" Min. 3/4" 3/4"" 3-1/2"

SWL of hanger provides a Safety factor of approximately 2:1.

REV.
01/1906/24 51
 Exterior Hangers

C24 Type 4-AP, 4-APR and 9 APR Pres-Steel Precast Half Hanger
The Dayton Superior C24 Pres-Steel Precast Half Hangers are available in three styles
and capacities and are designed to be cast into the top portion of a precast/prestressed
concrete girder. At the bridge site, these hangers are used to support the bridge
3" Minimum
overhang bracket, formwork, live load and dead load as well as the weight of a bridge
deck finishing machine and/or concrete conveyer.
The bridge contractor must be certain of his bridge overhang bracket spacing before
advising the precaster of the centers at which to install these hangers.
Install the C24 half hangers into the concrete maintaining the proper 1/8" setback
from the edge of the girder. After the end of the strut wire is pushed into the fresh
concrete, slightly vibrate the surrounding concrete so the strut wire is completely and
1/8"
solidly embedded into the concrete. The legs of the end clip must rest solidly on the top Typical
Exterior Hangers

surface of the concrete.

An optional Bearing Plate can be welded beneath the end clip on Type 4-AP and
4-APR half hangers which will aid in spreading the hanger load to a wider area of
concrete. Bearing Plates are generally required on half hangers used in girders having
a flange thickness less than 5". For hanger modifications required for use with a
flange thickness less than 5", please contact Technical Assistance. A Bearing Plate is
standard on Type 9-APR half hangers.

8" Minimum
6" Minimum 6" Minimum

6"

4"
8"

2" 2-1/2"

Type 4-AP Type 4-APR Type 9-APR

(For 1/2" diameter coil bolt) (For 1/2" diameter coil bolt) (For 3/4" diameter coil bolt)

Safe Working Load To Order:

3,300 lbs. for 4-AP Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) type, (4) strut length.
6,000 lbs. for 4-APR
11,300 lbs. for 9-APR Example:
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. 715 C24 Type 4-APR Pres-Steel Precast Half Hanger.

SAFETY NOTE:
11,300 lbs. per side with B13H Coil Nuts
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

52 REV. 06/24
01/19
 Exterior Hangers

C25 45° Adjustable Half Hanger

8" Standard Length

2" Minimum

Exterior Hangers
1/8" Typical

This adjustable half hanger consists of a 45° end clip welded to a length of 1/2" diameter coil rod, two stirrup clips and five 1/2" coil
nuts. The standard length is 8". Other lengths, additional stirrup clips and coil nuts are available on request.
These half hangers are used to support overhang brackets for exterior deck formwork where one-sided forming is required, welding
is not permitted and rebar or headed stud shear connectors are available to connect the hanger to.
Stirrup clips are available in #3 thru #8 and #11 rebar sizes or 3∕8", 1∕2", 5/8", 3∕4", 7/8" and 1-3∕8" stud diameters as required
End clip accepts a 1/2" diameter coil bolt or coil rod.
To Fit #3 thru
SAFETY NOTE: #7 Rebar
Stirrups or
In order to develop the safe working load, two coil nuts must compress Welded Studs
each stirrup clip securely to the rebar stirrup or shear stud. Failure to
accomplish a secure connection will greatly reduce the safe working load
of the hanger.
1-1∕4"

Safe Working Load

9∕16"
3,000 lbs. with 2 Clips Diameter
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. 1∕8" Holes

Clip Detail

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) type, (4) length, (5)
number of clips and (6) clip size.

Example:
125 pcs. C25 Pres-Steel Adjustable Half Hanger, 18"
long with 3 clips for #6 Rebar.

01/19 53
 Exterior Hangers

C25 45° Heavy Duty Adjustable Half Hanger

Top View without B13 and Coil Rod at 45°

Exterior Hangers

This adjustable half hanger consists of a 45° end clip welded to two 1/2" diameter coil rods, two connection bars and five 1/2" coil
nuts. The standard length is 12". Other lengths are available on request.
These half hangers are used to support overhang brackets for exterior deck formwork where one-sided forming is required, welding
is not permitted and rebar or headed stud shear connectors are available to connect the hanger to.

Safe Working Load To Order:

6,000 lbs. Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) type, (4) length, (5)
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1. number of connection bars.

Example:
125 pcs. C25 Heavy Duty Adjustable Half Hanger, 12"
long with 2 connection bars.

54 01/19
 Exterior Hangers

C24 Pres-Steel Steel Beam Half Hangers

C24 Pres-Steel Steel Beam Half Hangers are produced using a single end

3"
clip welded to a formed wire strut and are used where conditions prevent

M
in
the use of regular exterior hangers.

im
um
Type S Half Hangers are designed for use on steel beams. The standard
Type S Half Hanger uses a wire strut that measure 6" from the center line
of the bolt to the end of the strut.

Typical Steel Beam Application

Exterior Hangers
C24 Pres-Steel Concrete Beam Half Hanger
The Type C Pres-Steel Half Hanger used on concrete
beams are the same as the above Half Hangers with the
exception of the standard wire strut length. Weld

3"
M
in
These concrete beam half hangers are designed to be

im
um
welded to the rebar shear connectors that extend from the
top surface of a precast concrete girder.
More weld and hanger capacity can be achieved by welding
a suitably sized steel plate to the rebar shear connectors,
using four vertical fillet welds, to weld the plate to the share
connectors. Then weld the strut wire to the steel plate.
May be applied to steel beams by welding to the shear
connector studs.
This application is shown in the Special Precast Concrete
Girder Application to the right.
Please see the General and Technical Section of this
handbook for additional information on field welding of Typical Precast Concrete Girder Application
half hangers.

Vertical Fillet Welds

(Both Sides of Rebar)

3"
M
in
im
um

Fillet Weld
(Opposite Side)

Special Precast Concrete Girder Application

01/19 55
 Exterior Hangers

C24 Pres-Steel Half Hanger

C24 45° Pres-Steel Half Hangers are manufactured with a single 1/2" end section welded to a jogged wire strut and are used where
conditions prevent the use of standard double-ended hangers.
Standard Style AC hangers measure 12" from the center line of the bolt to the end of the strut. This style hanger is designed to be
welded to the rebar stirrups of precast concrete bridge beams.
Standard Style AS hangers measure 6" from the center line of the bolt to the end of the strut. These hangers are designed to be
welded to the top surface of steel girders.
Lengths other than standard are available. Contact Dayton Superior for additional information.
Caution: Care must be exercised when welding hangers. Field welding may alter the strength of the wire strut and may limit
the hanger to a much lower safe working load than that shown in the chart. Field tests should be conducted to verify actual safe
working loads. See related notes on welding in the General and Technical Information Section
Exterior Hangers

Proper welding procedures must be used when welding half hangers, as field welding may limit the safe working load of a hanger to
less than the maximum SWL listed Field tests should be conducted to establish the actual safe working load of the hanger.

Hanger Type Hanger Shape Standard Length Maximum SWL

1-AC 12" 3,500 lbs.

1-AS 6" 3,500 lbs.

4-AC 12" 6,000 lbs.

4-AS 6" 6,000 lbs.

Notes:
• Safe working load provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
• Coil bolt or coil rod must penetrate through the coil nut a minimum of one bolt diameter.
To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2)
• When used on concrete beams, the safe working load shown is based on normal weight concrete name, (3) strut length.
having reached a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi.
Example:
• Requires a minimum concrete flange thickness of 5".
75 pcs. C24 Type 1-AC
• For hangers used on concrete beams with conditions not meeting above requirements please Pres-Steel Half Hanger,
contact Dayton Superior Technical Service. with 18" long strut.
• Longer length strut wire is available on request.

C60 Type 1-4A Combination Pres-Steel Hanger with Supplemental 90° Leg
Pres-Steel Half Hanger
Special overhang conditions may require the use of a 90° bolt to support the
back end of a bridge overhang bracket. When this situation is encountered the
C60 Type 4-A Pres-Steel Hanger may be ordered with a supplemental 90° end
clip and strut wire electrically resistance welded to the main support hanger
as shown in the sketch.
Supplemental 90° Leg is available on most Pres-Steel Hangers. Contact
Technical Service for assistance.
SWL of Supplemental 90° End is 1,000 lbs. with an approximate
factor of safety of 2 to 1.

56 REV.01/19
08/19
 Exterior Hangers

C61 Combination Exterior Hanger

1/2" Coil
Ideal hanger to have on-hand to minimize down time from Rod
hanger shortages, unexpected beam sizes and etc. Hanger
consists of three individual parts, a 90° Interior End Section
with an integral interlock, a length of 3/4" diameter coil rod
3/4" Coil Rod
and a Combination Exterior End Section.
The 3/4" diameter coil rod and the two End Sections are 1/2" Coil
Rod
assembled in the field to make up a complete hanger. The
length of the 3/4" diameter coil rod that connects the two End
Sections is equal to the beam’s flange width
The Combination End Section is used with a 1/2" diameter
coil rod/bolt that can be used at any angle from 5° to 45°. In

Exterior Hangers
addition, this End Section is also designed to accept a 1/2"
diameter coil rod/bolt installed at 90° to the top of the flange.

C61 Combination Interior Hanger

Two of the above 90° End Sections and a length of 3/4" diameter coil rod may be used to field assembly a 90° interior
hanger.
End Section Angle Safe Working Load
Exterior 5° to 45° 6,000 lbs.
Exterior 90° 3,000 lbs.
Interior 90° 6,000 lbs.

REV.
01/1905/20 57
 Exterior Hangers

Shown below are several ideas for supporting the overhang formwork when the bridge design will not allow the use of conventional
bridge overhang brackets.

Wide Overhang on a Shallow Steel Beam

Joists

C60 Type 4-A Side Form

Pres‑Steel Hanger

Brace

Kicker
Ledgers

B13 Coil Nut

Stringer
Exterior Hangers

Shore (Braced for Stability)

D1LA Bolt
B11 Washer Wedgers

Needle Beams

A19 Comer Washer

B13 Coil Nut B12 Coil Rod

Short Overhang on a Shallow Steel Beam

Short Overhang on a Shallow Concrete Beam
Joists
C60
Side Form Pres‑Steel
Hanger

Joists

Stringer
Ledgers
Shore (Braced
for Stability)
Wedges

B11 Washer B14A

Needle Beams B13 Coil Nut Adjustable
Coil Bolt

Joists C60
Pres‑Steel
Hanger
Double Ledgers

Ledger
B11 Washer
Stringer B11 Washer
B14 Coil Bolt

Shore (Braced
for Stability)
Support
Ledgers
Wedges

B11 Washer B14A

Needle Beams B13 Coil Nut Adjustable
Coil Bolt

58 01/19
 Exterior Hangers

P154 Bridge Girder Magnet

The P154 Bridge Girder Magnet provides an easy method for precasters
to form a void for the coil rod used to hang bridge overhang brackets.
The magnet is designed to be used for AASHTO Type V and Type VI
Bulb-Tee Girders.

PRODUCT FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• Magnet is reusable and eliminates the need for bridge hangers or
drilling the precast beam.
• Magnet provides a strong connection with the precast form to
provide precise placement of PVC sleeves.
• Magnet is fabricated to provide a void that is compatible with C49
and C89 type overhang brackets.

Exterior Hangers
• Magnet attraction only on bottom of magnet.
• Shaft of magnet is 1" diameter to allow compatibility with P154 Bridge Girder Magnet
standard PVC pipe. Precast Bridge Beam
PVC Sleeve
• Base of magnet is molded with urethane material to provide
a uniform void in the bottom of bridge girders and to
eliminate any patch work required by precaster.
Magnet to attach to
precast form

C90 Clamp for Falsework

2-3/8"
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
The C90 Clamp is designed as a longitudinal holding device for components in a
falsework assembly. They are typically used to clamp angle iron to the bottom
flange of a steel beam as a way to mount it on timber or other temporary supporting
3"
elements.

PRODUCT FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

The C90 Clamp is an engineered product that is manufactured from Forged Alloy
Steel. It meets or exceeds all requirements for the clamp listed in California Office of
Structure Construction, Falsework Memo No. 4 and 5.

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS:
• Rated Clamping force of up to 10 tons
• Proof tested to 52 kips for over 2.5:1 Factor of Safety at full rated load
• Made with 3/4-10 NC Grade 8 Bolt with Cup Point Hardened to Rc 45-53.
• Clamping Force (lbs) = 80 x Bolt Torque (ft-lbs)
• Rated Bolt Torque is 250 ft-lbs (650 ft-lbs max)
• Its use should be restricted to beams with non-sloping flanges or flat angles and plates.
• Holding force is dependent on the actual friction coefficient of the surfaces being clamped.

01/19 59
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49, C49C, C49D, C49S and C49JR Bridge Overhang Bracket

Dayton Superior offers the bridge contractor four
Horizontal Length
different versions of the C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket,
which allows for maximum adjustability to meet the
varied bridge overhang forming requirements on both
structural steel and precast/prestressed concrete
beams. The C49 is the most versatile overhang bracket
available and is used for general conditions.
Vertical
The C49C (Century Series) Bridge Overhang Bracket Adjustment
is a heavy duty version of the standard C49, with an Range
increased SWL or 7,500 lbs. at a 2 to 1 safety factor in
the diagonal member
The C49D version is used on deep beams. The C49D
bracket is identical to the C49 bracket, except it uses
longer bottom diagonal and vertical legs.
The C49S bracket is a field modified C49. The C49 is
modified by removing the inner vertical leg. Using only
the outer vertical leg, the bracket can be adjusted to a minimum vertical height of 14". This bracket is ideal for use on shallow steel
or concrete beams.
The C49JR is a small bracket used in situations where the horizontal member of the standard C49 Overhang Bracket is too long, due
Bridge Overhang

to limited space between twin bridges.

Brackets

The adjusting nut at the outboard end of the bracket is used to adjust the bracket to grade.

Bracket Type Vertical Adjustment Range Horizontal Length Weight

C49 30" - 50" 54" 46
C49C 30" - 50" 54" 48
C49D 50" - 70" 54" 50
C49S 14" - 26" 54" 42
C49JR 16" - 28" 27" 29
Each of these brackets offer the bridge contractor, the ability to easily and quickly preset the brackets to size and shape on the
ground, as required for each specific overhang requirement. The adjusting nut and the wide range of adjustability built into the
brackets vertical and diagonal legs allow a bracket to be adjusted to fit almost any standard bridge overhang.
Both the vertical and diagonal legs have adjustment holes spaced at 2" increments which allows the legs to be adjusted so the
diagonal leg will transfer the construction load to near the bottom flange, which aids in resisting web deflection and bending.
The C54 Extender, C52, C52P and C53 Guardrail Receptacles, and C51 Wall Plate Assemblies add to the versatility of the C49
overhang brackets.

SAFETY NOTE:
Overhang brackets should be adjusted to proper grade during the normal “dry run” operation.
DO NOT attempt an upward adjustment during the concrete pouring operation. Lowering the bracket is permissible during the
concrete pour.

60 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

Type C49, C49D, C49S and C49JR Bridge Overhang Bracket

The diagonal leg of all versions of the C49 Bridge
Overhang Bracket have a SWL of 3,750 lbs based on an
approximate factor of safety of 2 to 1.
Horizontal Channel
2-1/16"

Vertical Leg
Connection Nut
and Bolt

Section View Diagonal Leg

Horizontal Member

Horizontal Channels
The horizontal channels are fabricated from back to back, unequal leg, 54" long, channel sections using 12 gauge HRP&O, high
strength, low alloy steel ASTM A-570 Grade 50 standards. This material has a minimum yield strength of 50 ksi and a minimum
ultimate tensile strength of 65 ksi.

Bridge Overhang
As shown in the section view above, 3/4" O.D. tubing is placed over 1/2" diameter bolts to provide a 2-1/16" space between the two

Brackets
steel channel sections of the bracket's horizontal member.

Vertical and Diagonal Leg

Vertical and diagonal legs are fabricated from electric resistance welded carbon steel tubing, Type #1 A.W.H.R. (as welded hot-
rolled steel), Grade 1010 per ASTM A-513 standards. The bracket's four leg members along with their outside diameter and wall
thickness are listed in the chart.

Part Outside Diameter Wall Thickness

Outer Vertical Leg 1-7/8" 0.083"
Inner Vertical Leg 1-5/8" 0.120"
Outer Diagonal Leg 1-7/8" 0.083"
Inner Diagonal Leg 1-5/8" 0.120"

Connection Bolts and Nuts

Connection bolts and nuts are galvanized 1/2"-13 NC threaded meeting ASTM Standard A-449 or SAE Standard J-429 Grade 5.

Section Properties
Horizontal Member C54 Overhang Bracket Extender
Total Section Modulus (S) = 0.537 in.3 Section Modulus (S) = 0.231in.3
Moment of Inertia (I) = 0.799 in.4 Moment of Inertia (I) = 0.310 in.4
Area (A) = 0.888 in.2 Area (A) = 0.438 in.2

01/19
REV 11/18 61
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C59D Conversion Kit

A C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket is quickly and easily converted to the deeper
C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket by using this conversion kit.
1. Simply remove each of the adjusting bolts from the vertical and
diagonal legs,
2. Remove the lower legs,
3. Slide on the conversion kit legs and
4. Adjust the legs to length and reinstall the two adjusting bolts.

Bolt Holder
The Bolt Holder is supplied as part of every C49, C49C, C49D, C49S, and C49JR
Bridge Overhang Bracket and is designed to accept a ½” diameter coil threaded
bolt or coil rod. This 1/2" diameter coil bolt is the load carrying device that
transfers loads from the overhang bracket to the 45° exterior hanger.
The Bolt Holder must be moved from each specific project’s situation so the 1/2"
Bridge Overhang

diameter load carrying bolt is as close to a 45° angle with the top of the beam’s
flange as possible. The half oval face of the Bolt Holder allows the load carrying
Brackets

bolt to vary slightly from an exact 45° angle, yet still maintain the proper bearing
with the coil nut.
The Bolt Holder can only be located at certain locations along the horizontal member
of the bracket, based on the holes that have been factory punched in the side of the
horizontal channels. On the C49, C49S and C49C brackets, the Holt Holder can be
installed at “A” dimensions of 7-1/8", 9-5/8", 12-1/8", 14-5/8", 17-1/8", 19-5/8" and 22-1/8" from the inboard or beam end of the bracket.
On the C49JR Bracket, the Bolt Holder can be located at “A” dimensions of 7-1/8", 9-5/8", 12-1/8", and 14-5/8".

SAFETY NOTE:
Do not drill our a C49 Bolt Holder to accept a larger diameter bolt as this could, To Order:
on a later use, allow the head of a 1/2" diameter bolt to pull through the larger Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.
diameter hole.
Example:
600 pcs., C60 Type 9 Pres-Steel Hanger for
24" flange.

62 05/20
01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C52 2x4 Guard Rail Receptacle and C54 Bridge Overhang Bracket Extender
The C52 Guard Rail Receptacle is designed to allow the easy installation of an OSHA required
lumber guard rail post on the exterior formwork of a bridge deck.
The C52 receptacle bolts securely to either the C49 Bridge Overhang bracket and/or C54
extender and accepts 2x4 guard rail posts. Each C52 receptacle ships with two 1/2"-13 NCx3"
long (ASTM A325 or SAE 429 Grade 5) electrogalvanized bolts and nuts which are used to
attach the guard rail receptacle to the horizontal member of a C49, C49C, C49D, C49S or C49JR
Bridge Overhang Bracket.
The C54 Bridge Overhang Bracket Extender attaches to one side of the outboard end of the
overhang bracket’s horizontal member to extend the usable working surface of the bracket.
The C54 Extender and C52 Guard Rail Receptacle are used when the overhang formwork is
required to extend beyond the end of the horizontal member of the bridge overhang bracket.
The extender is used to support walkway loads only. Follow spacing requirements as outlined
by OSHA and other local agencies. One C54 Extender per bracket is required and fits all C49
style brackets.
Each C54 Bridge Overhang Bracket Extender ships with two 1/2"-13 NC x 1" long (ASTM A325 or
SAE 429 Grade 5) electro-galvanized bolts and nuts which are used to attach the C52 receptacle
to the C54 extender. The 1/2"-13 NC x 3" long bolts (shipped with the C52 receptacle) are used
to attach the extender to the horizontal member of the bridge overhang bracket.
C52 Guard Rail Receptacle

Bridge Overhang
Brackets
To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.

Example:
600 pcs. C54 Bridge Overhang Bracket Extender.

SAFETY NOTE:
The CSA Extender is for supporting walkway loads
only and not intended for concrete, screed or
material storage loads.

C54 Extender

01/19 63
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C52P Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly

The C52P Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly is designed for fast and easy
attachment to the C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and C54 Bridge Overhang
Exterior Bracket Extender. The C52P’s Speed Bracket bolts securely to the C49
Bridge Overhang Bracket and provides a base to simply install the Guard Rail
Post. The Guard Rail Post has a nail down feature to prevent uplift. The C52P
is compatible with lumber or cable railings. The Guard Rail Assembly weighs a
conveniently light 15.6 lbs.
NOTE: C52P Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly meets all OSHA requirements.
WARNING: Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly must be secured to deck with
proper fasteners to ensure complete safety. 48"
Bridge Overhang
Brackets

C52P Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.

Example:
150 pcs. C52P Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly.

64 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C53 2x6 Guard Rail Receptacle

The C53 Guard Rail Receptacle is designed to allow the easy installation of an OSHA required guard rail
post on the exterior formwork of a bridge deck.
The C53 receptacle slips over the end of the 2x6 (flat) nailer that is attached to and extends beyond the end
of a bridge overhang bracket’s horizontal member. The C53 receptacle is nailed to the 2x6 flat nailer, using
two 16d double headed nails, one on each side, in the provided hole.
This receptacle readily accepts a 2x6 guard rail post.

C53 Receptacle

2x6 Guard Rail

Post with Rails
to Meet OSHA
Requirements

Bridge Overhang
Brackets
2x6 (Flat) Nailer

16D DOUBLE HEADED NAIL

(1 each side of Receptacle)

Typical Section Through Overhang

Actual Overhang Conditions May Vary To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.

Example:
600 pcs. C53 Bridge Guard Rail Receptacle.

01/19 65
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

Selected OSHA Safety Regulations

For complete information see WWW.OSHA.GOV
1926.501(b)(2)(ii)
Each employee on a walking/working surface 6 feet or more above a lower level where leading edges are under construction, but
who is not engaged in the leading edge work, shall be protected from falling by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal
fall arrest system. If a guardrail system is chosen to provide the fall protection, and a controlled access zone has already been
established for leading edge work, the control line may be used in lieu of a guardrail along the edge that parallels the leading edge.
The standard requires guardrail systems and components to be designed and built to meet the requirements of 1926.502(b)(3), (4),
and (5).
This Appendix serves as a non-mandatory guideline to assist employers in complying with these requirements. An employer may
use these guidelines.

1926.501(b)(2)(i)
However, the guidelines do not provide all the information necessary to build a complete system, and the employer is still
responsible for designing and assembling these components in such a way that the completed system will meet the requirements of
1926.502(b)(3), (4), and (5). Components for which no specific guidelines are given in this Appendix (e.g., joints, base connections,
components made with other materials, and components with other dimensions) must also be designed and constructed in such a
way that the completed system meets the requirements of 1926.502.
(1) For wood railings: Wood components shall be minimum 1,500 lb-ft/in (2) fiber (stress grade) construction grade lumber; the
posts shall be at least 2x4 lumber spaced not more than 8 feet apart on centers; the top rail shall be at least 2x4 lumber, the
intermediate rail shall be at least 1x6. All lumber dimensions are nominal sizes as provided by the American Softwood Lumber
Bridge Overhang

Standards.
Brackets

1926.502(b) “Guardrail systems”

Guardrail systems and their use shall comply with the following provisions:

1926.502(b)(1)
Top edge height of top rails, or equivalent guardrail system members, shall be 42" plus or minus 3" above the walking/working
level. When conditions warrant, the height of the top edge may exceed the 45" height, provided the guardrail system meets all other
criteria of this paragraph.

1926.502(b)(3)
Guardrail systems shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 200 pounds applied within 2" of the top edge,
in any outward or downward direction, at any point along the top edge. Guardrail systems shall be so surfaced as to prevent injury
to an employee from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent snagging of clothing.

1926.502(b)(7)
The ends of all top rails and midrails shall not overhang the terminal posts, except where such overhang does not constitute a
projection hazard.

66 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C51 Wall Plate Assembly Wall Plate

The C51 Wall Plate Assembly is an optional device that allows direct attachment of either
a C49, C49D or C49JR Bridge Overhang Bracket to an insert that has been cast into a
precast concrete bridge beam. The C51 assembly consists of two parts, the Wall Plate and
the Washer. Both parts are manufactured with machined grooved surface on their face
that allows for 13/16" vertical adjustment of the bracket.
To attach the Wall Plate to a bracket, remove the rear 1/2" NC bolt, nut and spacer tube
from the horizontal member of the bridge overhang and replace the spacer with the C51
Wall Plate. Reuse the 1/2" NC bolt and nut to complete the installation of the wall plate to
the bracket.
The C51 assembly, depending on type of insert used, is designed to accept either a
3/4"-10 NC or 3/4" - 4‑1/2 coil threaded bolt to fasten the Wall Plate Assembly to the Adjustment
insert. Plate

When ready to remove the bridge overhang bracket and C51 Wall Plate Assembly for
reuse, it is easiest to remove the 1/2" NC bolt freeing the bracket from the Wall Plate
assembly, remove the bracket and then unbolt and remove the Wall Plate Assembly from
the face of the precast member.

Cast-in Insert
(as specified)

Bridge Overhang
Brackets
C51 Wall Plate
Assembly
(13/16" thick
when assembled) 1-1/4"

2-1/2"

Bridge
1/2" Insert
Overhang
Setback
Bracket

To Order: Wall Plate Safe Working Load

Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name. 9,000 lbs. at 2 to 1 factor of safety.

Example:
155 pcs. C51 Wall Plate Assembly.

SAFETY NOTE:
Do not use CSI Wall Plate without
the Adjustment Plate.

REV.
01/1906/24 67
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

B16 Coil Loop Insert, 3/4" x 6"

Although simple in design and fabrication, the 3/4" diameter x 6" long B16 Coil
Loop Insert is highly efficient for use in attaching the C49 Bridge Overhang
Brackets to a precast concrete box beam. The B16 Insert is made using a single
looped wire welded to a 3/4" diameter helix coil.
A 3/4" diameter B14 Coil Bolt is used along with our C51 Wall Plate Assembly as
the connection between the bracket and the concrete.
To obtain the required load carrying capacity, the 3/4" coil bolt must extend at least
2‑1/4" beyond the end of strut wire. A torque of 100 lb.ft. should be used to properly
tighten the coil bolt.

F64 Ferrule Loop Insert, 3/4" x 6‑1/8"

The 3/4" x 6-1/8" F64 Ferrule Loop Insert is produced using a closed bottom ferrule
that has been electrically resistance welded to a loop of wire. This makes for a
strong, yet economical insert for use in attaching bridge overhang brackets to a
precast concrete bridge beam.
A 3/4"-10 NC threaded bolt is used along with our C51 Wall Plate Assembly as the
connection between the bracket and the concrete.
Bridge Overhang

To obtain the required load carrying capacity, the 3/4"-10 NC threaded bolt must
extend into the ferrule at least 3/4". A torque of 65 lb.ft. should be used to properly
Brackets

tighten the NC bolt.

If an attachment bolt “bottoms out” before it becomes securely tightened against
the Wall Plate or Adapter Plate, remove the bolt and use sufficient 3/4" diameter cut
washers under the head of the bolt so that the bolt can be properly secured. Minimum
embedment into the insert shall be 3/4".

SAFETY NOTE:
To Order:
Failure to use the proper type or length of bolt, to engage the coil or
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) size.
ferrule, or properly tighten the bolt may result in an unexpected failure
causing property damage, personal injury or death Example:
500 pcs., B16 Coil Loop Insert 3/4" x 6".

68 REV. 06/24
01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

Bearcat™ Bolt - Multi-Use & Single-Use Multi-Use & Single-Use Bearcat Bolt Setting Detail
The Dayton Superior Bearcat™ Bolt is a high strength drill­-in screw anchor. 5" Bearcat 7" Bearcat
This anchor utilizes a pre-drilled hole and self-taps into the concrete, creating Bolt Bolt
a mechanical connection between the concrete and the anchor threads. The Maximum Mounting Plate Thickness1 1"
primary use of the Bearcat Anchor Bolt is for anchoring tilt-up wall braces to Minimum Mounting Plate Hole Diameter 15/16"
floor slabs during panel erection. Additional uses include lift brackets/plates as Total Shank Length 5.25 7.25"
well as permanent or temporary fixation of racking, rails, guards, etc. Nominal Full Embedment1 4.25" 6.25"
Minimum Edge Distance 12" 15"
Advantages Over-drill Depth2 0.50"
• High capacity to maximize brace system • Works in a wide variety of
applications Nominal Drill Bit Diameter 3/4"
• Compatible with ¾" drilled holes Socket/Hex-head Size 1-1/8"
• Better bite into concrete
• Quick and clear installation Installation Torque3 200 ft-lbs.
• No spinning or slipping in hole 1Ultimate capacities were obtained using a 1" plate thickness. Thicker plates will reduce the

capacity. 2Over-drill depth is assuming full anchor embedment in the panel. With panels thin-
In-Concrete, Multi-Use Ultimate Capacity1,2,3,6 ner than the nominal full embedment, the anchor will protrude through the back of the panel.
Reference the loading chart for thin panel capacities. 3Over torquing can damage the anchor
Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) and/or reduce the capacities.
Screw 2500 4000 6000
Concrete
Anchor
Thickness Ten- Shear4 Tension4 Shear4 Tension4 Shear4
Size
sion4 (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) • Multi-use bolt can be used multiple times* with use of
(lbs.) wear gauge
4” 5,766 7,327 7,298 9,268 8,936 11,351
• Single-use bolt eliminates the need to restock used bolts

Bridge Overhang
5” 6,689 10,872 8,459 13,752 10,356 16,843 *results may vary
5”

Brackets
Bearcat 6” 8,098 11,909 10,250 15,064 12,126 18,449
Bolt
7” 8,098 12,765 10,250 16,147 12,126 19,776
8” and up 8,098 12,765 10,250 16,147 12,126 19,776
6” 11,035 16,621 13,955 21,024 17,095 23,390
7” 13,655 20,414 17,270 23,390 21,155 23,390
7”
Bearcat 8” 15,540 21,823 19,660 23,390 23,260 23,390 Multi-Use Bearcat Bolt
Bolt
9” 15,540 23,147 19,660 23,390 23,260 23,390
10” and up 15,540 23,390 19,660 23,390 23,260 23,390
1A minimum recommended safety factor of 2.0 should be applied to these ultimate (nominal) capacities. Check project Testing per ACI 355.2-19 and AC193 has been completed on
requirements or local jurisdictions.2Linear interpolation of embedment depths and concrete strengths are not permitted. the Single-Use Bearcat Bolt through a third party independent
3Tension testing was conducted in 4,900 psi concrete. 4Shear values were obtained through ACI 318-19, Chapter 17
laboratory. Updated Tables for single-use, multi-use, and
Calculations. 5Refer to the Tilt-Up Concrete Association’s Guide for Temporary Wind Bracing of Tilt-Up Concrete Panels
During Construction for more information. 6Capactities were obtained thorrugh testing of anchors that passed the diameter temporary tilt-up applications are shown below and can be found
requirements of the reusability gauge. with the TDS for the respective products.

Temporary Tilt-Up Bracing Applications5

Industry standard ACI 355.2-19 testing in both cracked and
In-Concrete, Single-Use Ultimate Capacity123 uncracked will allow specifying engineers and users to verify
Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) specific performance capacity through ACI 318-19 Chapter
Screw 17 calculations. This testing also includes data for seismic
Concrete 2500 4000 6000
Anchor applications to allow for even greater application range.
Thickness
Size Tension4 Shear4 Tension4 Shear4 Tension4 Shear4
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
4” 8,317 7,327 10,520 9,268 12,884 11,351 With this testing, the Bearcat Bolt can be used with greater
confidence and has qualified acceptance in a variety of
5” 10,376 10,872 13,125 13,752 16,074 16,843 applications, including: tilt-up bracing, seismic anchoring and
5”
Bearcat 6” 12,012 11,909 15,194 15,064 18,609 18,449 bracing, formwork, variety of permanent connections, sill plates,
Bolt racking/shelving, hand/guardrails, and many more!
7” 12,012 12,765 15,194 16,147 18,609 19,776
8” and up 12,012 12,765 15,194 16,147 18,609 19,776
6” 13,298 16,621 16,821 21,024 20,601 23,390
7” 18,363 20,414 23,228 23,390 28,448 23,390
7”
Bearcat 8” 20,374 21,823 25,772 23,390 31,564 23,390
Bolt
9” 20,374 23,147 25,772 23,390 31,564 23,390
10” and up 20,374 23,390 25,772 23,390 31,564 23,390
1A minimum recommended safety factor of 2.0 should be applied to these ultimate (nominal) capacities. Check project require-
Single-Use Bearcat Bolt
ments or local jurisdictions. 2Linear interpolation of embedment depths and concrete strengths are not permitted. 3Tension
testing was conducted in 4,900 psi concrete. 4Shear values were obtained through ACI 318-19, Chapter 17 Calculations.
5Refer to the Tilt-Up Concrete Association’s Guide for Temporary Wind Bracing of Tilt-Up Concrete Panels During Construction

for more information.

REV.
01/1906/24 69
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

The following parameters are the result of third-party testing in accordance with ACI 355.2-19 and AC193.

Installation Parameters2,3 Design Strength2,3

Characteristic Symbol Units 5” Bearcat 7” Bearcat 12" Bearcat Characteristic Symbol Units 5” 7” Bearcat 12"
Bearcat Bearcat
in. 0.75 0.75 0.75
Outside Diameter do in. 0.75 0.75 0.75
mm. 19.1 19.1 19.1 Outside Diameter do
mm. 19.1 19.1 19.1
Nominal Embedment in. 4.25 6.25 11.25
hnom in. 4.25 6.25 11.25
Depth mm. 108 159 286 Nominal
hnom
Embedment Depth mm. 108 159 286
Effective Embedment in. 3.33 5.03 9.28
hef lb. - - 30618
Depth mm. 85 128 236 Pullout Strength
Np,uncr
uncracked concrete kN - - 136.2
in. 4.75 6.75 11.75
Minimum Hole Depth hhole lb. - - 20538
mm. 121 171 298 Pullout Strength
Np,cr
cracked concrete kN - - 91.36
Maximum Installation ft•lbf 305 305 305
Tinst,max Pullout Strength lb. - - 20538
Torque N•m 414 414 414
cracked concrete, Neq
kN - - 91.36
Maximum Impact ft•lbf 305 305 305 siesmic
Driver Installation Timpact,max
N•m 414 414 414 Category Name 1,2,or 3 - 1 1 1
Torque
Effective Factor for
Minimum Concrete in. 6 8 16 kuncr - 27 27 24
Bridge Overhang

hmin uncracked concrete

Thickness mm. 152 203 406
Brackets

Effective Factor for

kcr - 21 21 17
Critical Edge in. 10 18 22 cracked concrete
cac
Distance mm. 254 457 559 Modification factor
in. 3.25 2.25 1.75 for absence of Ψc,N - 1.29 1.29 1.49
cmin cracks
Minimum Edge mm. 83 57 44
Pryout Factor kcp - 1 1 1
Distance and Spacing in. 3 3 3
smin Axial Stiffness in lb/inch 368,466 514,973 172,701
mm. 76 76 76 service load range in βuncr
N/mm 64,528 90,186 30,245
uncracked concrete

Steel Strength2,3 Coefficient of

variation for axial
Characteristic Symbol Units 5” Bearcat 7” Bearcat 12" Bearcat stiffness in service vuncr % 39 34 34
in. 0.75 0.75 0.75 load range in
Outside Diameter do uncracked concrete
mm. 19.1 19.1 19.1
Axial Stiffness in lb/inch 320,755 288,714 162,700
Nominal Embedment in. 4.25 6.25 11.25
hnom service load range in βcr
Depth mm. 108 159 286 uncracked concrete N/mm 56,173 50,562 28,500

Effective Steel Stress in2 0.407 0.407 0.4072 Coefficient of

Ase variation for axial
Area mm2 262.7 262.7 262.7
stiffness in service vcr % 79 23 21
Minimum specified psi. 125,000 load range in
fu uncracked concrete
ultimate strength N/mm2 862
psi. 100,000 Normalization
Minimum specified
fy Exponent, Unracked n - 0.5 1 0.5 1 0.45 1
yield strength N/mm2 689 Concrete
Steel Strength in lb. 40,715 Normalization
Nsa
tension kN 181.1 Exponent, Cracked n - 0.5 1 0.5 1 0.50 1
Concrete
Steel Strength in lb. 23,390
Vsa 1The normalization exponent (n) for the shallow and middle embedment is recommended to be 0.5, as
shear kN 104.04 concrete failure mode is shown to control for these sizes. 2The information presented in this table is to be
used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-19 chapter 17, ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or or ACI 318-11
Steel Strength in lb. 17,100 Appendix D, except as modified below. 3The strength reduction factor applies when the load combinations
Vsa,eq from the IBC or ACI 318 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-19 17.5.3, ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11
shear, siesmic kN 76.06 D.4.3, as applicable, are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate
strength reduction factor must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4.

70 REV. 06/24
01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

T13 Coil-Anchor™ 3/4" Diameter x 4-1/2" Long Application Sequence

1. Drill a 3/4" diameter hole perpendicular to the floor surface with a new carbide tipped drill. Depth of the hole Drill Motor
must be a minimum 4". Holes drilled through slabs that are 5" or greater are acceptable.
Do not use core bits for T13 anchor holes.
Minimum edge distance for the T13 anchor is 12".

Warning! Do not use T13 (4-1/2")anchors in slabs less than 5" thick. The insufficient embedment depth will not
allow required load capacity.
4" Minimum
Depth
Caution must be used when drilling through slabs so that there is no blowout at the bottom of the hole. Tang may
not fully engage, greatly reducing SWL; or tang may not engage at all, making the hole unusable.
2. Thoroughly clean the drilled hole. New 3/4"
Diameter
Carbide Tipped
Drill Bit

T13 3. Thread the Tang onto the Brace Foot Plate

T13Coil-Anchor Bolt
Coil Anchor Bolt
Patent #5,006,023
Patent #5,006,023 T13 bolt. Finger tight is
3/4"
3/4" Dia.xx 4-1/2"
Dia. 4-1/2" Long
Long sufficient, no more than 1-1/2
turn.
Caution! Do not attempt to pre-

Bridge Overhang
Washer
Washer
Washer expand the Tang. For proper load

Brackets
capacity, the Tang must not be Brace
installed over 1-1/2 turn on the Foot
D Plate
bolt.
Warning! Do not attempt to use
a standard coil bolt with the T13
Coil-Anchor Tang. The Coil-
4 4Turn
Turn Tang
Tang Anchor Bolt is a tapered bolt 5. Tighten the T13 anchor
and is not interchangeable with with a 3/4" impact wrench,
.740" standard coil bolts. then use a torque wrench
.74" Maximum
Maximum
Tang O.D. to insure correct tightness.
4. Insert the T13 anchor
Tang O.D.
T13G Thread Gauge through the foot plate of
Refer to the chart for proper
torquing values.
Note: T13G Thread Gauges are the wall brace and into
recommended, to check T13 bolt the properly drilled hole. Warning! If wind speeds over 35
thread wear, when reusing T13 Drive the bolt down until miles per hour are experienced on
Coil-Anchor Bolts. the cut washer rests on the job site, all T13 anchors should
the foot plate. be checked with a torque wrench
to verify proper torque values are
maintained.
6. The Ultimate Load per T13 Coil-Anchor is shown below:
Notes: Notes: A minimum recommended safety factor of 2.0 should be
Minimum Concrete Compression Strength (psi) applied to these ultimate (nominal) capacities. A minimum edge
distance - 12”. A minimum Torque per Anchor - 200 ft lbs.
Concrete 2500 4000
Thickness Warning: When using T13 Coil-Anchor Bolts, always clean and lubricate
Ultimate Ultimate Ultimate Ultimate
Tension (lbs.) Shear (lbs.) Tension (lbs.) Shear (lbs.) the bolt with T13L Set-Eez. Failure to do so will result in bolt wear, lower
than expected load capacity and possible premature failure.
5" or
7200 9200 9100 11600
Thicker

T13L Set-Eez™ Dry Film Lubricant To Order:

T13L Set-Eez Dry Film Lubricant is designed to facilitate Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.
the reuse of the T13 Coil-Anchor bolt. The T13L lubricant
is available in 6 oz. jars.
Example:
4 bottles, T13L Set-Eez Dry Film Lubricant.

REV.
01/1906/24 71
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

T13 Coil-Anchor™ 3/4" Diameter x 6" Long Application Sequence

1. Drill a 3/4" diameter hole perpendicular to the floor surface with a new carbide tipped drill. Depth of
Drill Motor the hole must be a minimum 5-1/2". Holes drilled through slabs that are 6" or greater are acceptable.
Do not use core bits for T13 anchor holes.
Minimum edge distance for the T13 anchor is 12".

Warning! Do not use T13 (6") anchors in slabs less than 6" thick. The insufficient embedment depth will not
allow required load capacity.
2. Throroughly clean the drilled hole.
5½" Minimum
Depth

New 3/4" Diameter

Carbide Tipped
Drill Bit

T13T13
Coil-Anchor Bolt 3. Thread the Tang onto the
Coil Anchor Bolt Brace Foot Plate
Patent
Patent #5,006,023
#5,006,023
T13 bolt. Finger tight is
3/4" Dia.
3/4" Dia.xx 6"
6" Long
Long sufficient, no more than 1-1/2
turn.
Caution! Do not attempt to pre-
Washer expand the Tang. For proper load
Bridge Overhang

Washer Washer
capacity, the Tang must not be Brace
Brackets

installed over 1-1/2 turn on the Foot

D bolt. Plate

Warning! Do not attempt to use

a standard coil bolt with the T13
Coil-Anchor Tang. The Coil- 5. Tighten the T13 anchor
Anchor Bolt is a tapered bolt with a 3/4" impact wrench,
4 Turn
4 Turn Tang
Tang
then use a torque wrench
and is not interchangeable with
.740" standard coil bolts. to insure correct tightness.
.74" Maximum Refer to the chart for proper
Maximum
Tang O.D.
Tang O.D. T13G Thread Gauge 4. Insert the T13 anchor
torquing values.
Note: T13G Thread Gauges are through the foot plate of Warning! If wind speeds over 35
recommended, to check T13 bolt the wall brace and into miles per hour are experienced
thread wear, when reusing T13 the properly drilled hole. on the job site, all T13 anchors
Coil‑Anchor Bolts. Drive the bolt down until should be checked with a torque
the cut washer rests on wrench to verify proper torque
the foot plate. values are maintained.
6. The Ultimate Load per T13 Coil-Anchor is shown below:
Notes: Notes: A minimum recommended safety factor of 2.0 should be applied
Minimum Concrete Compression Strength (psi) to these ultimate (nominal) capacities. A minimum edge distance - 12”.
A minimum Torque per Anchor - 200 ft lbs.
2500 4000
Concrete
Thickness Ultimate Ultimate Ultimate Ultimate Warning: When using T13 Coil-Anchor Bolts, always clean and lubricate the
Tension Shear Tension Shear bolt with T13L Set-Eez. Failure to do so will result in bolt wear, lower than
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) expected load capacity and possible premature failure.
6" or
10600 11000 13400 14000
Thicker

72 REV. 06/24
01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

Typical Application on Steel Beams

Several DOTs require that when overhang brackets are 68"
used on steel beams, the brackets must bear within 6" 54"
of the bottom flange. Both the vertical and diagonal legs
are adjustable in 2" increments, which allows the bracket

Outboard End of
to be quickly and easily adjusted so that the applied

Bracket
construction loads are transferred at or near the bottom
flange.
Various DOTs have found that moving the loads to the
lower flange area greatly reduces the beams tendency to
twist and bend under construction loads.
On deeper beams, where the C49 is too short to be used
correctly, the C49D overhang bracket is recommended for
use.
In situations where the overhang is longer than the
horizontal members, double 2x lumber can be “cleated” to “A”
the bracket.
C49 Bridge Overhang
Either a flat 2x6 nailed to the horizontal members or Bracket Application
double 2x’s are considered part of the bracket design and
one or the other must be used at all times.

Bridge Overhang
Brackets
2"
In
cr
54"

em
2" Increments

en
Ad
22 stm

ts
ju
" o en
f t
2nd
Pour

1st Pour
A

B39 Wingnut A

“A” B12 Coil Rod

ts
en

2" Increments
m
re
Inc

nt
e
2"

jus 2"
tm
Ad 2

C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket Application

01/19 73
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

Typical Application on Concrete Beams

Dayton Superior recommends that brackets bear against
the side of the bottom flange on precast concrete girders.
This will reduce the number of changes required in setting
up the overhang brackets.
Allowing 3" to 4" of clearance between the bottom of the
vertical leg and the bottom of the concrete eliminates the
chance of the concrete spalling due to the construction
loads introduced into the girder from the diagonal leg.

3" to 4"

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket Application

Bridge Overhang
Brackets

C49S Field Modified Bridge Overhang Bracket

The C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket is modified in the
field by removing the smaller, inner diameter vertical
leg and using the larger, outer as the bracket’s vertical
leg, as shown. In some cases, due to manufacturing
tolerances, the rear spacer, nut and bolt must also be
removed and set aside for later re-assembly.
Wood blocking is placed on top of the bottom flange,
to act as a support for the bracket’s diagonal leg. This
allows the lower portion of the vertical leg to run
“wild” past the beam’s bottom flange. C49S Brackets
can also be used for shallow concrete girders and box
beams.
Minimum
14"

Avoid contact between vertical

Wood member and bottom flange
Block

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket Application

Actual Overhang Conditions May Vary

74 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

How to Use Spacing Tables

The Spacing Tables shown on the following pages indicate the maximum hanger and overhang bracket spacings for the various
slab thicknesses and screed loads. The type of hanger and overhang bracket required, as well as the proper bracket “A” and “D”
dimension, which must be used to safely obtain the spacings shown, are listed.
When Selecting a trial hanger and overhang bracket spacing; and the selected spacing is:
• Equal to or less than D1, multiply Wheel Load (W1) by a Screed Load Factor of 1.0;
• Over D1 and up to 2D1, multiply Wheel Load (W1) by a Screed Load Factor of 1.5;
• Over 2D1 and up to 3D1, multiply Wheel Load (W1) by a Screed Load Factor of 1.7;
• Over 3D1 and up to 4D1, multiply Wheel Load (W1) by a Screed Load Factor of 1.9;
• Greater than 4D1, multiply Wheel Load (W1) by a Screed Load Factor of 2.3, to determine a close approximation of the total
Screed Load (S1) that will be applied to an individual overhang bracket. Use this value or next highest incremental value for the
total Screed Load (S1) per bracket when using the spacing tables.
The two basic types of bridge deck finishing/screed machines in use today are illustrated below.

Bridge Overhang
Brackets
Note:
D1 = Wheel Spacing 4 Wheel Machine
W1 = Screed Load per Wheel s
S1 = Total Screed Load per Bracket Varie

8 Wheel Machine

Example
40" Deep Plate Girder with 1" Thick Flanges 8 Wheel Screed Machine
3'-0" Overhang D1 = 1'-6"
8" Thick Overhang Slab (157 PSF) W1 = 650 lbs. Wheel Load
C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket
C60 Type 8-A Pres-Steel Hanger, 4,500 lbs.
As we are using the C49 Overhang Bracket in the above example to support a 3'-0" overhang from a plate girder, the spacing table
on page 70 should be used. The correct “D” dimension (30") is determined by subtracting from the girder's 40" depth, both flange
thicknesses, the overall thickness of the form lumber plus a clearance allowance of 2" to 6".
For the above example it has been decided to use a trial hanger and bracket spacing of 4'-0". This results in a total screed load (S1)
per bracket of 1,105 lbs.

4'-0" Trial Spacing

1.5' D = 2.66, which means the Screed Load Factor (SLF) as shown above is 1.7
1
S1 = (W1)(SLF) = 650 lbs. x 1.7 = 1,105 lbs.

Enter the spacing table at 157 PSF design load (8" slab thickness), “D” = 30" and upper row for a 4,500 lb. Pres-Steel Hanger.
Follow this row until it intersects the vertical column having a total screed load (S1) per bracket of 1,250 lbs. The allowable hanger
and bracket spacing is 3'-3".

SAFETY NOTE:
Contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistnace for spacing requirements when a finishing machine and a conveyor are both to be
used when placing concrete.

01/19 75
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders 3'-10"
Maximum
Over 1'-0"
to 2'-0"
Overhang

"D"

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range

Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension (lbs.)
Brackets

Thickness 0 lbs.
lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 3'-0" 5'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 30" to 50" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-3" 6'-0" 8'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-9" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 5'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 30" to 50" 1'-6" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 30" to 50" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 7'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 30" to 50" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 30" to 50" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-9" 7'-6" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-6" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

76 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders
5' 6-1/4" Maximum

Over 2'-0"
to 3'-0"
Overhang

"D"

Bridge Overhang
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang

Brackets
Load PSF Dimension 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000 (lbs.)
Thickness 0 lbs.
lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 30" to 50" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 6'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 30" to 50" * 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 5'-9" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 30" to 50" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers, moveable
equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway area.
Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from those
shown.

01/19 77
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders, 30" “D” Dimension
5'-6-1/4" Maximum
Over 3'-0"
to 4'-0"
Overhang

D=30"

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Bridge Overhang

Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)

Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
Brackets

* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500

130 6" 30" * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-3" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 30" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 30" * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 30" * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 30" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 30" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 30" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 30" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

78 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders, 40" to 50" “D” Dimension

5'-6-1/4" Maximum

Over 3'-0" to
4'-0" Overhang

D=40"-50"

Bridge Overhang
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range

Brackets
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 40" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 40" to 50" * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 6'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 40" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 40" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 40" to 50" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 40" to 50" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 40" to 50" * * 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 40" to 50" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 79
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders
3'- 10" Maximum

Over 1'-0"
to 2'-0"
Overhang

"D"
Bridge Overhang

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Brackets

Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000

Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 30" to 50" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-0" 7'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-3" 5'-9" 6'-3" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 30" to 50" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 30" to 50" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 7'-9" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 30" to 50" * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 6'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-3" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assitance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from those
shown.

80 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders
5'-6-1/4" Maximum
when used with
Over 2'-0" the C54
to 3'-0"
Overhang

"D"

Bridge Overhang
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range

Brackets
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 30" to 50" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-9" 6'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 5'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 30" to 50" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 30" to 50" * * 1'-0" 1" 3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 30" to 50" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 30" to 50" * * 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-6" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

REV.
01/1909/22 81
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders

5'-6-1/4" Maximum

Over 3'-0"
to 4'-0"
Overhang

"D"
Bridge Overhang

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Brackets

Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000

Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 30" to 50" * * * 1'-9" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 30" to 50" * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-6" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 30" to 50" * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 30" to 50" * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 30" to 50" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 30" to 50" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 30" to 50" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 30" to 50" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

82 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders 3'- 10" Maximum
Over 1'-0"
to 2'-0"
Overhang

"D"

Bridge Overhang
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range

Brackets
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 3'-0" 5'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 50" to 70" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-3" 6'-0" 8'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-9" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 5'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 50" to 70" 1'-6" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 50" to 70" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 7'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 50" to 70" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 50" to 70" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-9" 7'-6" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-6" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 83
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders 5'- 6-1/4" Maximum
Over 2'-0"
to 3'-0"
Overhang

"D"
Bridge Overhang

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Brackets

Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000

Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
130 6" 50" to 70" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
157 8" 50" to 70" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
184 10" 50" to 70" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 6'-3" 6,000
210 12" 50" to 70" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
* 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 5'-9" 6,000
237 14" 50" to 70" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
* 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
264 16" 50" to 70" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
* 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-9" 6,000
290 18" 50" to 70" * * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
* 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-6" 6,000
317 20" 50" to 70" * * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
* * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers, moveable
equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from those shown.

84 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders
5'- 6-1/4" Maximum

Over 3'-0"
to 4'-0"
Overhang

"D"

Bridge Overhang
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range

Brackets
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 50" to 70" * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 6'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 85
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang

Maximum
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Brackets

Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)

Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 50" to 70" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-0" 7'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-3" 5'-9" 6'-3" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 50" to 70" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 50" to 70" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 7'-9" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 50" to 70" * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 6'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-3" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

86 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang
Maximum
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000

Brackets
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-9" 6'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 5'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1" 3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-6" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 87
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49D Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3' -0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders
5'- 6-1/4" Maximum
Over 3'-0"
to 4'-0"
Overhang

"D"

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang

Maximum
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Brackets

Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)

Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-9" 6'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 50" to 70" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-6" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-3" 3'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

88 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders
5'- 61/4" Maximum

Over 1'-0"
to 2'-0"
Overhang

"D"

Block as Required

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.

Bridge Overhang
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 3'-0" 5'-9" 3,000 to 3,500

Brackets
130 6" 14" to 28" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-3" 6'-0" 8'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-9" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 5'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 14" to 28" 1'-6" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 14" to 28" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 7'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 14" to 28" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 14" to 28" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 14" to 28" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-9" 7'-6" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 14" to 28" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 14" to 28" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-6" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 89
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs On Steel Beams or Girders, 14" Bracket Depth
5'-6-1/4" Maximum

Over 2'-0" to
3'-0" Overhang

14"

Block as Required

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * * 1'-0" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
Bridge Overhang

130 6" 14" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 2'-9" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
Brackets

* * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6'-3" 6,000

* * * * * * 1'-0" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 14" * * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 5'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 14" * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-3" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 14" * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 5'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 14" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 14" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 14" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 14" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-6" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

90 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders — 20" Bracket Depth

5'-6-1/4" Maximum
Over 2'-0"
to 3'-0"
Overhang

20"

Block as Required

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500

Bridge Overhang
130 6" 20" * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000

Brackets
1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-9" 4'-3" 5'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 20" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-9" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 20" * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-6" 6'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 20" * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 20" * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 20" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 20" * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 20" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 91
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders — 26" Bracket Depth
5'-6-1/4" Maximum

Over 2'-0"
to 3'-0"
Overhang

26"

Block as Required

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Maximum
Design Bracket "D" 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000 Hanger
Overhang 0 lbs.
Load PSF Dimension lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. SWL Range (lbs.)
Thickness
Bracket "A" Dimension = 8" to 12"
Bridge Overhang

* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500

Brackets

130 6" 26" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 26" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 26" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-9" 6'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 26" * 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 5'-9" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 26" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-0" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 26" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 26" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 26" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

92 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders — 14" Bracket Depth
5'-6-1/4" Maximum

Over 3'-0"
to 4'-0"
Overhang

14"

Block as Req'd

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * * * 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500

Bridge Overhang
130 6" 14" * * * * * * 1'-6" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000

Brackets
* * * * * 1'-6" 2'-3" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 14" * * * * * * 1'-3" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 14" * * * * * * 1'-3" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 14" * * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 14" * * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 14" * * * * * * * 2'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 3'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 14" * * * * * * * 1'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 14" * * * * * * * 1'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-6" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 93
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders — 20" Bracket Depth

5'-6-1/4" Maximum
Over 3'-0"
to 4'-0"
Overhang

20"

Block as Req'd

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * * * 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
Bridge Overhang

130 6" 20" * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 5'-0" 4,500 to 5,000

Brackets

* * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 5'-9" 6,000

* * * * * * * 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 20" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 20" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 20" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 20" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 20" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 20" * * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 3'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 20" * * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-0" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

94 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders — 26" Bracket Depth
5'-6-1/4" Maximum

Over 3'-0"
to 4'-0"
Overhang

26"

Block as Req'd

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
Load PSF Dimension 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * * 1'-6" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500

Bridge Overhang
130 6" 26" * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000

Brackets
* * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 26" * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-9" 6'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 26" * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 26" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 26" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 26" * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 26" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 26" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 95
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" To 2'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders
C49S Bracket With Hanger and Concrete Beam Concrete Box Beam 3'-10" MAXIMUM
Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhang — Forming 3/4" plywood, 3‑1/2" joist and 2x nailer on flat
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1 Over 1'-0"
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Load PSF
Overhang
Dimension 2,500 2,250 2,000 (lbs.)
to 2'-0"
1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 0 lbs.
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. Overhang
* * * * * 1'-1" 1'-9" 4'-7" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 14" * * * * * 2'-2" 3'-4" 6'-11" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 2'-2" 3'-4" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-4" 1'-11" 2'-6" 4'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 20" * * 2'-0" 3'-2" 3'-9" 4'-4" 4'-10" 7'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 2'-0" 3'-3" 4'-5" 5'-8" 6'-10" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-4" 1'-11" 2'-6" 4'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 26" 1'-6" 2'-1" 2'-7" 3'-2" 3'-9" 4'-4" 4'-10" 7'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 4'-0" 5'-0" 5'-7" 6'-1" 6'-8" 7'-3" 8'-0" 6,000 D
* * * * * * 1'-7" 4'-2" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 14" * * * * * 2'-0" 3'-1" 6'-4" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 2'-0" 3'-1" 7'-7" 6,000
* * * * 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-2" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 20" * * 1'-11" 2'-10" 3'-4" 3'-10" 4'-4" 6'-4" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-11" 3'-0" 4'-2" 5'-4" 6'-5" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-2" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 26" 1'-4" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-10" 3'-4" 3'-10" 4'-4" 6'-4" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-7" 3'-9" 4'-5" 4'-11" 5'-5" 5'-11" 6'-6" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-5" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
183 10" 14" * * * * * 1'-10" 2'-11" 5'-8" 4,500 to 5,000
Bridge Overhang

* * * * * 1'-10" 2'-11" 7'-1" 6,000

* * * * 1'-1" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-10" 3,000 to 3,500
Brackets

183 10" 20" * * 1'-9" 2'-7" 3'-0" 3'-5" 3'-11" 5'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-9" 2'-10" 3'-10" 4'-11" 5'-10" 7'-8" 6,000
* * * * 1'-1" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-10" 3,000 to 3,500
183 10" 26" 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-1" 2'-7" 3'-0" 3'-5" 3'-11" 5'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-5" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 4'-11" 5'-5" 5'-10" 7'-8" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-4" 3'-5" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 14" * * * * * 1'-9" 2'-8" 5'-2" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-9" 2'-8" 6'-6" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-5" 1'-10" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 20" * * 1'-8" 2'-4" 2'-9" 3'-2" 3'-7" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-8" 2'-7" 3'-7" 4'-7" 5'-4" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-5" 1'-10" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 26" 1'-1" 1'-6" 1'-11" 2'-4" 2'-9" 3'-2" 3'-7" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-3" 3'-3" 3'-8" 4'-1" 4'-6" 4'-11" 5'-4" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-2" 3'-1" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 14" * * * * * 1'-7" 2'-6" 4'-8" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-7" 2'-6" 5'-11" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-8" 3'-2" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 20" * * 1'-6" 2'-2" 2'-6" 2'-11" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-6" 2'-5" 3'-4" 4'-2" 4'-11" 6'-5" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-8" 3'-2" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 26" 1'-0" 1'-4" 1'-9" 2'-2" 2'-6" 2'-11" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-1" 3'-0" 3'-4" 3'-9" 4'-1" 4'-6" 4'-11" 6'-5" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-1" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
263 16" 14" * * * * * 1'-5" 2'-3" 4'-2" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-5" 2'-3" 5'-4" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-2" 1'-6" 2'-11" 3,000 to 3,500
263 16" 20" * * 1'-4" 2'-0" 2'-4" 2'-8" 3'-0" 4'-5" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-4" 2'-2" 3'-0" 3'-10" 4'-6" 5'-11" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-2" 1'-6" 2'-11" 3,000 to 3,500
263 16" 24" * 1'-3" 1'-7" 2'-0" 2'-4" 2'-8" 3'-0" 4'-5" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-11" 2'-8" 3'-1" 3'-5" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-6" 5'-11" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 14" * * * * * 1'-4" 2'-1" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-4" 2'-1" 4'-10" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-1" 1'-5" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 20" * * 1'-3" 1'-10" 2'-2" 2'-6" 2'-10" 4'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-2" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-1" 1'-5" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 26" * 1'-2" 1'-6" 1'-10" 2'-2" 2'-6" 2'-10" 4'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-9" 2'-6" 2'-11" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-10" 4'-2" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 14" * * * * * 1'-2" 1'-10" 3'-5" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-2" 1'-10" 4'-4" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-4" 2'-7" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 20" * * 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-0" 2'-4" 2'-7" 3'-10" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-2" 1'-10" 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-10" 5'-2" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-4" 2'-7" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 26" * 1'-1" 1'-5" 1'-8" 2'-0" 2'-4" 2'-7" 3'-10" 4,500 to 5,000
1'-7" 2'-3" 2'-8" 3'-0" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-11" 5'-2" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers, moveable
equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

96 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders
5'-6 1/4" MAXIMUM
C49S Bracket With Hanger and Concrete Beam Concrete Box Beam
Overhang 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhang — Forming 3/4" ply., 3‑1/2" joist and 2x nailer on flat Over 2'-0"
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1 to 3'-0"
Design Bracket “D” Hanger SWL Range
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 Overhang
Load PSF Dimension 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 0 lbs. (lbs.)
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * * * * 3'-5" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 14" * * * * * * * 5'-2" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * * 5'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-4" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 20" * * * * * 2'-0" 3'-2" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 2'-0" 3'-2" 7'-11" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-7" 2'-1" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 26" * * * 1'-9" 3'-0" 3'-8" 4'-1" 6'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-9" 3'-0" 4'-2" 5'-4" 8'-0" 6,000 D
* * * * * * * 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 14" * * * * * * * 4'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * * 4'-8" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-2" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 20" * * * * * 1'-9" 2'-10" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-9" 2'-10" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-4" 1'-10" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 26" * * * 1'-7" 2'-8" 3'-2" 3'-7" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-7" 2'-8" 3'-9" 4'-9" 7'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-8" 3,000 to 3,500
183 10" 14" * * * * * * * 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000

Bridge Overhang
* * * * * * * 4'-2" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 3'-1" 3,000 to 3,500

Brackets
183 10" 20" * * * * * 1'-7" 2'-7" 4'-7" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-7" 2'-7" 6'-2" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-2" 1'-7" 3'-1" 3,000 to 3,500
183 10" 26" * * * 1'-5" 2'-5" 2'-9" 3'-2" 4'-7" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-5" 2'-5" 3'-4" 4'-4" 6'-2" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-4" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 14" * * * * * * * 3'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * * 3'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 20" * * * * * 1'-5" 2'-4" 4'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-5" 2'-4" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-5" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 26" * * * 1'-4" 2'-2" 2'-6" 2'-10" 4'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-4" 2'-2" 3'-0" 3'-10" 5'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-1" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 14" * * * * * * * 3'-2" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * * 3'-5" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 20" * * * * * 1'-4" 2'-1" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-4" 2'-1" 5'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 26" * * * 1'-2" 1'-11" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-2" 1'-11" 2'-9" 3'-6" 5'-0" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-11" 3,000 to 3,500
263 16" 14" * * * * * * * 2'-10" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * * 3'-1" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
263 16" 20" * * * * * 1'-2" 1'-11" 3'-5" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-2" 1'-11" 4'-7" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-2" 2'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
263 16" 24" * * * 1'-1" 1'-9" 2'-1" 2'-4" 3'-5" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * 1'-1" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-2" 4'-7" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-8" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 14" * * * * * * * 2'-7" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * * 2'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * * 2'-1" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 20" * * * * * 1'-1" 1'-8" 3'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-1" 1'-9" 4'-2" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-1" 2'-1" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 26" * * * * 1'-7" 1'-11" 2'-2" 3'-1" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-7" 2'-3" 2'-11" 4'-2" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 14" * * * * * * * 2'-4" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * * * 2'-6" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-11" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 20" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-10" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-7" 3'-10" 6,000
* * * * * * * 1'-11" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 26" * * * * 1'-5" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-11" 4,500 to 5,000
* * * * 1'-5" 2'-0" 2'-7" 3'-10" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers, moveable
equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 97
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49JR Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" To 2'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D”
Overhang 2,500 2,000 Hanger SWL Range (lbs.)
Load PSF Dimension 2,250 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 0 lbs.
Thickness lbs. lbs.
Bridge Overhang

* * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 6'-0" 3,000 to 3,500

Brackets

130 6" 16" to 28" 1'-9" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-6" 6'-0" 8'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
5'-0" 5'-9" 6'-6" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-6" 2'-3" 2'-9" 5'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 16" to 28" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-9" 4'-3" 5'-0" 5'-9" 8'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-9" 6'-6" 7'-3" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-6" 5'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 16" to 28" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 7'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
4'-0" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-9" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-9" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 16" to 28" 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-9" 6'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-6" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 16" to 28" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 6'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-9" 6'-3" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 16" to 28" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 5'-9" 7'-9" 6,000
* * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 16" to 28" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 7'-3" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 16" to 28" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 5'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-0" 6'-9" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

98 REV. 09/21
01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49JR Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders

3'-3 1/4" MAXIMUM

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0"

Overhang

Bridge Overhang
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Bracket “D”

Brackets
Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,500 1,250 1,000 Hanger SWL Range (lbs.)
Load PSF Dimension 1,750 lbs. 0 lbs.
Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * * * 1'-0" 2'-0" 2'-9" 5'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
130 6" 16" to 28" * 1'-6" 2'-6" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-9" 5'-3" 7'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-6" 2'-6" 3'-6" 4'-9" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
157 8" 16" to 28" * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-3" 4'-9" 7'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-6" 2'-3" 3'-3" 4'-3" 5'-6" 6'-6" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
184 10" 16" to 28" * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 6'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-3" 2'-3" 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 8'-0" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 3'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
210 12" 16" to 28" * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-6" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-6" 5'-3" 7'-6" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 3'-3" 3,000 to 3,500
237 14" 16" to 28" * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-9" 6'-9" 6,000
* * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 3,000 to 3,500
264 16" 16" to 28" * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-9" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-3" 6'-3" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-3" 2'-9" 3,000 to 3,500
290 18" 16" to 28" * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 4'-3" 4,500 to 5,000
* 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-9" 6,000
* * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-6" 3,000 to 3,500
317 20" 16" to 28" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-0" 4,500 to 5,000
* * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-3" 6,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 99
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 / C49D Bridge Overhang Brackets with C51 Wall Plate Assembly
Over 1'-0" To 2'-0" Overhangs on Concrete Walls and Box Beams

B16 3/4" x 6" 3'-10" MAXIMUM

Coil Loop Insert Over 1'-0"
(TYP.) to 2'-0"
Overhang

D
Bridge Overhang
Brackets

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D”
Overhang
Load PSF Dimension 2,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 2,000 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 0 lbs.
Thickness
130 6" 30" to 70" 3'-0" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-9" 6'-3" 7'-0" 8'-0"
157 8" 30" to 70" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-3" 8'-0"
184 10" 30" to 70" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 7'-6"
210 12" 30" to 70" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-9"
237 14" 30" to 70" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-3" 6'-0"
264 16" 30" to 70" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-6"
290 18" 30" to 70" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 5'-0"
317 20" 30" to 70" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-6"
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

100 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 / C49D Bridge Overhang Brackets with C51 Wall Plate Assembly
Up to Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Concrete Walls and Box Beams

Bridge Overhang
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Load Bracket “D”

Brackets
Overhang
PSF Dimension 2,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 2,000 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 0 lbs.
Thickness
30" * * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-9" 5'-6"
130 6" 40" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-9"
50" to 70" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-9"
30" * * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-6" 5'-0"
157 8" 40" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-9"
50" to 70" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-3" 5'-9"
30" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-6"
183 10" 40" * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-3"
50" to 70" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 5'-3"
30" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-0"
210 12" 40" * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-9"
50" to 70" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-9"
30" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-9"
237 14" 40" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-0" 4'-3"
50" to 70" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-3" 4'-3"
30" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-3"
263 16" 40" * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 4'-0"
50" to 70" 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 4'-0"
30" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-9"
290 18" 40" * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-6"
50" to 70" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 2'-9" 3'-6"
30" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 2'-6"
317 20" 40" * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 3'-3"
50" to 70" 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-3"
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 101
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49 / C49D Bridge Overhang Brackets with C51 Wall Plate Assembly
Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs On Concrete Walls and Box Beams
5'-6 1/4" MAXIMUM
B16 3/4" x 6"
Coil Loop Insert Over 3'-0"
(TYP.) to 4'-0"
Overhang

D
Bridge Overhang

Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Bracket “D”
Brackets

Overhang
Load PSF Dimension 2,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 2,000 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 0 lbs.
Thickness
30" * * * * * * 1'-0" 4'-0"
130 6" 40" * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-0" 5'-6"
50" to 70" * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-9" 5'-9"
30" * * * * * * * 3'-6"
157 8" 40" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 4'-9"
50" to 70" * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 5'-0"
30" * * * * * * * 3'-3"
183 10" 40" * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3"
50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-6"
30" * * * * * * * 2'-9"
210 12" 40" * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-9"
50" to 70" * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-0"
30" * * * * * * * 2'-6"
237 14" 40" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-6"
50" to 70" * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-6"
30" * * * * * * * 2'-3"
263 16" 40" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3'-0"
50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-3"
30" * * * * * * * 2'-0"
290 18" 40" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 2'-9"
50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 3'-0"
30" * * * * * * * 1'-9"
317 20" 40" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-6"
50" to 70" * * * 1'-0" 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-9"
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

102 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49S Bridge Overhang Brackets with C51 Wall Plate Assembly

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Concrete Walls and Box Beams

B16 3/4" x 6" 3'-10" MAXIMUM

Coil Loop Insert
(TYP.)
Over 1'-0"
to 2'-0"
Overhang

Bridge Overhang
Brackets
Maximum Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Bracket “D”
Overhang
Load PSF Dimension 2,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 2,000 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 0 lbs.
Thickness
14" * * * * * * * 3'-6"
130 6" 20" * * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 3'-0" 6'-9"
26" 1'-9" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-3" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-3" 8'-0"
14" * * * * * * * 3'-3"
157 8" 20" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-9" 6'-0"
26" 1'-6" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 5'-0" 5'-6" 8'-0"
14" * * * * * * * 2'-9"
184 10" 20" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-3" 5'-3"
26" 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 7'-0"
14" * * * * * * * 2'-6"
210 12" 20" * * * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 4'-6"
26" 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 6'-3"
14" * * * * * * * 2'-3"
237 14" 20" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 4'-0"
26" 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-9"
14" * * * * * * * 2'-0"
264 16" 20" * * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 3'-6"
26" * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-3"
14" * * * * * * * 1'-9"
290 18" 20" * * * * * * 1'-3" 3'-0"
26" * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4'-6"
14" * * * * * * * 1'-6"
317 20" 20" * * * * * * 1'-0" 2'-6"
26" * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-9"
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 103
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49JR Bridge Overhang Brackets with C51 Wall Plate Assembly

Over 1'-0" to 2'-0" Overhangs on Concrete Walls and Box Beams
Bridge Overhang
Brackets

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Load Maximum Overhang
Bracket “D” Dimension 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000
PSF Thickness 0 lbs.
lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
16" * * * * * * 1'-0" 5'-0"
130 6" 22" * * * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3'-0" 4'-0" 7'-6"
28" * * 1'-3" 2'-3" 3'-0" 4'-0" 4'-9" 8'-0"
16" * * * * * * 1'-0" 4'-6"
157 8" 22" * * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-6" 6'-9"
28" * * 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-6" 7'-6"
16" * * * * * * * 4'-0"
184 10" 22" * * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 6'-0"
28" * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 4'-0" 6'-9"
16" * * * * * * * 3'-6"
210 12" 22" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-9" 3'-0" 5'-6"
28" * * 1'-0" 1'-9" 2'-3" 3'-0" 3'-6" 6'-3"
16" * * * * * * * 3'-0"
237 14" 22" * * * * 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 5'-0"
28" * * 1'-0 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-9" 3'-3" 5'-9"
16" * * * * * * * 2'-6"
264 16" 22" * * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 4'-3"
28" * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-0" 5'-0"
16" * * * * * * * 2'-3"
290 18" 22" * * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 3'-6"
28" * * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-9"
16" * * * * * * * 2'-0"
317 20" 22" * * * * * 1'-3" 1'-6" 3'-0"
28" * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-3"
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

104 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49W Bridge Overhang Bracket

The type C49 W bracket are engineered for west coast bridge
construction. Screw jacks extend up to 6” from a steel support frame-
stable to resist movement. C49 W meets ANSI specification A 10.9,
sections 6.5.1, 6.6.1,7.2.1 and ACI 347 specification 2.4.
• Rated capacity is 4,000 lbs. with an Anchor Safety Factor (FOS) of
3:1.
• The total load spread between both inner and outer jacks must not
exceed 4,000 lbs.
• Maximum load to outer jack must not exceed 1,500 lbs. M
• Maximum load to inner jack must not exceed 3,000 lbs.
To achieve bracket maximum load, concrete anchor and anchor bolt must
be capable of supporting a combined Safe Working Load.

SAFE WORKING LOAD

SWL Shear = 4,000 lbs.
SWL Pull-Out = 3,830 lbs.

47"
7" 5"

Bridge Overhang
35"

Brackets
25"

01/19 105
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49W Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Spacing on Concrete Beam

Up to 2'-0" Overhang on 3/4" plywood, 3-1/2" Joist and Double 2x6 Wales

47"
7" 35" 5"

25"
Bridge Overhang
Brackets

Bracket Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Slab Insert
“D” 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 750 lbs. 500 lbs. 250 lbs. 0 lbs.
Load PSF Thickness SWL
Dimension Bracket "A" Dimension = 8" to 12"
130 6" 25 1'-11" 2'-9" 3'-6" 4'-3" 5'-1" 5'-10" 6'-8" 7'-5" 4,000
143 7" 25 1'-10" 2'-7" 3'-4" 4'-1" 4'-11" 5'-8" 6'-5" 7'-2" 4,000
157 8" 25 1'-10" 2'-6" 3'-3" 4'-0" 4'-8" 5'-5" 6'-2" 6'-10" 4,000
170 9" 25 1'-9" 2'-5" 3'-1" 3'-10" 4'-6" 5'-2" 5'-11" 6'-7" 4,000
183 10" 25 1'-8" 2'-4" 3'-0" 3'-8" 4'-4" 5'-0" 5'-8" 6'-4" 4,000
197 11" 25 1'-7" 2'-3" 2'-10" 3'-6" 4'-1" 4'-9" 5'-5" 6'-0" 4,000
210 12" 25 1'-6" 2'-1" 2'-9" 3'-4" 3'-11" 4'-7" 5'-2" 5'-9" 4,000
223 13" 25 1'-5" 2'-0" 2'-7" 3'-2" 3'-9" 4'-4" 4'-11" 5'-6" 4,000
237 14" 25 1'-5" 1'-11" 2'-6" 3'-1" 3'-7" 4'-2" 4'-9" 5'-3" 4,000
250 15" 25 1'-4" 1'-10" 2'-5" 2'-11" 3'-5" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 4,000
263 16" 25 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-10" 4'-4" 4'-9" 4,000
277 17" 25 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-2" 2'-8" 3'-2" 3'-7" 4'-1" 4'-5" 4,000
290 18" 25 1'-2" 1'-7" 2'-1" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-5" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4,000
303 19" 25 1'-1" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-5" 2'-10" 3'-3" 3'-7" 3'-11" 4,000
317 20" 25 1'-0" 1'-5" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-9" 3'-1" 3'-5" 3'-9" 4,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area assumed 2'-0" wide.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make sure it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

106 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C49W Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Spacing on Concrete Beam

Over 2'-0" to 3'-0" Overhang on 3/4" plywood, 3-1/2" Joist and Double 2x6 Wales

47"
7" 35" 5"

25"

Bridge Overhang
Brackets
Bracket Screed Load Per Bracket = S1
Design Slab Insert
“D” 1,750 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 750 lbs. 500 lbs. 250 lbs. 0 lbs.
Load PSF Thickness SWL
Dimension Bracket "A" Dimension = 8" to 12"
130 6" 25 * * * 1'-5" 2'-1" 2'-10" 3'-6" 4'-2" 4,000
143 7" 25 * * * 1'-4" 2'-0" 2'-8" 3'-4" 3'-11" 4,000
157 8" 25 * * * 1'-4" 1'-11" 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-9" 4,000
170 9" 25 * * * 1'-3" 1'-10" 2'-5" 3'-0" 3'-7" 4,000
183 10" 25 * * * 1'-2" 1'-9" 2'-4" 2'-10" 3'-5" 4,000
197 11" 25 * * * 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-2" 2'-9" 3'-3" 4,000
210 12" 25 * * * 1'-1" 1'-7" 2'-1" 2'-7" 3'-2" 4,000
223 13" 25 * * * 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 4,000
237 14" 25 * * * 1'-0" 1'-5" 1'-11" 2'-5" 2'-10" 4,000
250 15" 25 * * * * 1'-5" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-9" 4,000
263 16" 25 * * * * 1'-4" 1'-9" 2'-2" 2'-8" 4,000
277 17" 25 * * * * 1'-3" 1'-8" 2'-1" 2'-6" 4,000
290 18" 25 * * * * 1'-3" 1'-7" 2'-0" 2'-5" 4,000
303 19" 25 * * * * 1'-2" 1'-7" 1'-11" 2'-4" 4,000
317 20" 25 * * * * 1'-1" 1'-6" 1'-10" 2'-3" 4,000
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area assumed to be 2'-0" wide.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make sure it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 107
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89 Heavy Duty Bridge Overhang Bracket (72")

Up to 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Girders
70"
MAXIMUM

3/4" C60 Pres-

Steel Type 9-A Up to4'-0"
Interlock Hanger Overhang

Overall
Adjustment
Range
27-5/8" to
66-3/4"
C89 Heavy Duty
Bridge Overhang
Bracket

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang

Design Slab Bracket “D”

1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 750 lbs. 500 lbs. 250 lbs. 0 lbs. Insert SWL
Load PSF Thickness Dimension
Brackets

Bracket "A" Dimension = 18" to 20"

7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
30"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
125 6" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-9" 7'-2" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
30"
7'-5" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-9" 7'-2" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
150 8" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-9" 7'-2" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-11" 6'-3" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
30"
6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-0" 6'-3" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
175 10" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-0" 6'-3" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5' 3" 5'-7" 6'-3" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-4" 8000
30"
6'-0" 6'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5' 3" 5'-7" 6'-3" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-4" 8000
200 12" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5' 3" 5'-7" 6'-3" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-4" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
Notes:
1. Design includes 50 PSF live load on walkway area.
2. Overhang form lumber must be checked to mae sure it will span the selected spacing.
Warning:
Contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistance for recommended spacings when conditions on your specific project vary from those shown.

108 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89 Heavy Duty Bridge Overhang Bracket (72")

Over 4'-0" to 5'-0" Overhangs on Steel Girders
72"
MAXIMUM

3/4" C60 Pres-

Steel Type 9-A
4'-0" to 5'-0"
Interlock Hanger
Overhang

Overall
Adjustment
Range
27-5/8" to
66-3/4"
C89 Heavy Duty
Bridge Overhang
Bracket

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang
Design Load Slab Bracket “D”
1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 750 lbs. 500 lbs. 250 lbs. 0 lbs. Insert SWL
PSF Thickness Dimension

Brackets
Bracket "A" Dimension = 18" to 20"
5'-6" 6'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
30"
5'-6" 6'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
125 6" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-9" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-0" 5'-9" 7'-0" 7'-3" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
30"
5'-0" 5'-9" 7'-4" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-10" 6'-3" 6'-11" 7'-3" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
150 8" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-10" 6'-3" 6'-11" 7'-3" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-3" 5'-0" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-8" 7'-0" 8000
30"
4'-3" 5'-0" 6'-6" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-1" 5'-4" 6'-0" 6'-4" 6'-8" 7'-0" 8000
175 10" 45"
7'-6" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-1" 5'-4" 6'-0" 6'-4" 6'-8" 7'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-2" 8000
30"
3'-9" 4'-6" 5'-9" 6'-5" 7'-1" 7'-9" 11300
4'-5" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-2" 8000
200 12" 45"
6'-9" 7'-4" 7'-10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-2" 8000
60"
7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
Notes:
Design includes 50 PSF live load on walkway area.
Overhang form lumber must be checked to mae sure it will span the selected spacing.
Warning:
Contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistance for recommended spacings when conditions on your specific project vary from those shown.

01/19 109
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89 Heavy Duty Bridge Overhang Bracket (72")

Up to 3'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders 70"
MAXIMUM
3/4" C60 Pres-
Steel Type (-A
Interlock Hanger Up to 3'-0"
Overhang

Overall
Adjustment
Range
27-5/8" to
66-3/4"
C89 Heavy Duty
Bridge Overhang
Bracket

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang

Design Load Slab Bracket “D”

1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 750 lbs. 500 lbs. 250 lbs. 0 lbs. Insert SWL
PSF Thickness Dimension
Brackets

Bracket "A" Dimension = 12" to 16"

7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
30"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
125 6" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-8" 7'-1" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
30"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-8" 7'-1" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
150 8" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-8" 7'-1" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-0" 6'-4" 7'-1" 7'-5" 7'-10" 8'-0" 8000
30"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-0" 6'-4" 7'-1" 7'-5" 7'-10" 8'-0" 8000
175 10" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-0" 6'-4" 7'-1" 7'-5" 7'-10" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5' 4" 5'-8" 6'-4" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-4" 8000
30"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5' 4" 5'-8" 6'-4" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-4" 8000
200 12" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5' 4" 5'-8" 6'-4" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-4" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
Notes:
1. Design includes 50 PSF live load on walkway area.
2. Overhang form lumber must be checked to mae sure it will span the selected spacing.
Warning:
Contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistance for recommended spacings when conditions on your specific project vary from those shown.

110 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89 Heavy Duty Bridge Overhang Bracket (72")

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders 70"
MAXIMUM
3/4" C60 Pres-
Steel Type (-A
3'-0" to 4'-0"
Interlock Hanger
Overhang

Overall
Adjustment
Range
27-5/8" to
66-3/4"
C89 Heavy Duty
Bridge Overhang
Bracket

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang
Design Load Slab Bracket “D”
1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 750 lbs. 500 lbs. 250 lbs. 0 lbs. Insert SWL
PSF Thickness Dimension

Brackets
Bracket "A" Dimension = 12" to 16"
6'-9" 7'-2" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
30"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-9" 7'-2" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
125 6" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
6'-9" 7'-2" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-9" 6'-3" 6'-10" 7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8000
30"
7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-9" 6'-3" 6'-10" 7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8000
150 8" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-9" 6'-3" 6'-10" 7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-0" 5'-4" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-7" 6'-11" 8000
30"
6'-9" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-0" 5'-4" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-7" 6'-11" 8000
175 10" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-0" 5'-4" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-7" 6'-11" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-2" 8000
30"
6'-1" 6'-8" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-2" 8000
200 12" 45"
7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-2" 8000
60"
7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
Notes:
1. Design includes 50 PSF live load on walkway area.
2. Overhang form lumber must be checked to mae sure it will span the selected spacing.
Warning:
Contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistance for recommended spacings when conditions on your specific project vary from those shown.

01/19 111
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89 Heavy Duty Bridge Overhang Bracket (72")

Over 4'-0" to 5'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders
70"
MAXIMUM
3/4" C60 Pres-
Steel Type (-A
Interlock Hanger 4'-0" to 5'-0"
Overhang

Overall
Adjustment
Range
27-5/8" to
66-3/4"
C89 Heavy Duty
Bridge Overhang
Bracket

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Bridge Overhang

Design Load Slab Bracket “D”

1,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 750 lbs. 500 lbs. 250 lbs. 0 lbs. Insert SWL
PSF Thickness Dimension
Brackets

Bracket "A" Dimension = 12" to 16"

4'-8" 5'-5" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
30"
4'-8" 5'-5" 7'-0" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-11" 6'-3" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
125 6" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-11" 6'-3" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-0" 4'-8" 5'-11" 6'-2" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8000
30"
4'-0" 4'-8" 6'-0" 6'-9" 7'-5" 8'-0" 11300
5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-11' 6'-2" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8000
150 8" 45"
7'-4" 8'-0" 8'-0' 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-11' 6'-4" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8090
60"
7'-10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-6" 4'-1" 5'-1" 5'-5" 5'-8" 5'-11" 8000
30"
3'-6" 4'-1" 5'-4" 5'-11" 6'-8" 7'-1" 11300
4'-4" 4'-7" 5'-1" 5'-5" 5'-8" 5'-11" 8000
175 10" 45"
6'-5" 7'-1" 7'-7" 7'-10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-4" 4'-7" 5'-1" 5-5" 5'-8" 5'-11" 8000
60"
6'-9" 7'-1" 7'-7" 7'-10" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-1" 3'-8" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-0" 5'-3" 8000
30"
3'-1" 3'-8" 4'-8" 5'-3" 5'-9" 6'-3" 11300
3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-6' ' 4'-9" 5'-0" 5'-8" 8000
200 12" 45"
5'-9" 6'-3" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-2" 7-5" 11300
3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-6' ' 4'-9" 5'-0" 5'-3" 8000
60"
6'-0" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-2" 7'-5" 11300
Notes:
1. Design includes 50 PSF live load on walkway area.
2. Overhang form lumber must be checked to mae sure it will span the selected spacing.
Warning:
Contact Dayton Superior Technical Assistance for recommended spacings when conditions on your specific project vary from those shown.

112 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

Bridge Overhang Bracket Type C89L

The C89L can be utilized on either steel or concrete girders using the appropriate 3/4" exterior hanger.
These brackets are fabricated with nail holes in the top of the horizontal member for securing the required lumber nailer to the
bracket. Either a 6x2 or an 8x2 lumber member may be used as the nailer.
A guardrail receptacle, which allows for attaching a 2x4 guard rail post, is built into the outboard end of the bracket’s horizontal
member. The bracket can be easily and quickly preset on the ground and then set in place as needed. An outboard adjustment nut
controls the vertical movement of the outboard end of the bracket to accommodate setting the overhang formwork to final grade.
The C89L Heavy Duty Bridge Overhang Bracket is designed for maximum adjustment and strength to meet the varied overhang
forming requirements of the various State D.O.T.

Length of Horizontal
Height of
Horizontal

Bridge Overhang
Vertical
Adjustment

Brackets
Range

Bracket Length of Height of Range of Vertical Weight

Type Horizontal Horizontal Adjustment (lbs)
C89L 90" 6" 30" to 68" 159
Overhang brackets are usually adjusted to proper grade during the normal “dry run” operation. Typically, the overhang forms are
set 1/4" to 3/8" above finished grade to compensate for dead load deflection.

SAFETY NOTE:
DO NOT attempt an upward adjustment of the bracket during the concrete pouring operation. Lowering the bracket is permissible
during the concrete pour.

REV.
01/1906/24 113
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

Bridge Overhang Bracket Type C89L

6-1/2"

Section View
Horizontal Member

The Product Code for the Bridge Overhang Bracket Type C89L is 1000123, and it weighs 159 lbs.

Horizontal Channels
The horizontal member is fabricated from two back-to-back channels using 10 gauge carbon steel plate meeting the requirements
of ASTM 1011, Grade 50 Class 1. This material has a minimum yield strength of 50 ksi and a minimum tensile strength of 65 ksi.
Bridge Overhang

The horizontal member of the C89L is 6" deep x 90" long.

Brackets

Vertical Leg
The vertical leg is made up of three channels, each channel is fabricated from 10 gauge carbon steel plate meeting the
requirements of ASTM A1011, Grade 50 Class 1 having a minimum yield strength of 50 ksi and a minimum tensile strength of 65 ksi.

Part Channel Leg Channel Base

Vertical Leg Top Channel 2-1/4" 2-1/4"
Vertical Leg Extension Channel 1-15/16" 3-1/8"
Vertical Leg Bottom Channel 2-3/16" 2-13/16"

Diagonal Leg
Square carbon steel tubing is used to fabricate the diagonal leg. The lower portion uses 2-1/2" and the upper portion uses 2" tubing.
Both meet ASTM A500, Grade B requirements with a yield strength of 42 ksi and a ultimate tensile strength of 58 ksi. The diagonal
leg of the C89L bracket has a SWL of 6,000 lbs. based on an approximate factor of safety of 2 to 1.

Connection Bolts and Nuts

Connection bolts and nuts are Dayton Superior 3/4" diameter B14 Coil Bolts and two B13 Coil Nuts.

C89L Horizontal Member Section Properties:

Section Modulus (S) = 4.438in3
Moment of Inertia (I) = 12.604 in4
Area (A) = 2.438 in2

114 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89L Bolt Holder

The bolt holder used in the C89L brackets is designed to accept a 3/4" coil threaded
bolt or coil rod and is the load carrying device that transfers the load from the overhang
bracket to the 45° exterior bridge deck hanger.
The bolt holder can only be located at certain locations along the horizontal member
of the bracket, based on the holes that have been factory punched in the side of the
horizontal channels. These holes start at 2" from the inboard or beam end of the bracket
and continue at 4", 6", 8", 10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 22", 24" and 26" from the end of the
bracket.
The Bolt Holder must be moved, for each specific project’s situation, so the 3/4"
diameter load carrying bolt is as close to a 45° angle with the top of the beam’s flange as
possible.
A bolt holder is shipped with each bracket.
Bolt
Adjusting to Grade Holder
The “fine adjusting” screw at the end of the horizontal member allows the bracket to be
easily adjusted to grade prior to loading.
Adjusting
To adjust the bracket, use a wrench on the 3/4"-10 UNC Heavy Hex Screw
Nut to raise or lower the bracket as needed.

Guardrail Pocket

Bridge Overhang
The build-in guardrail pocket is designed to accept a 2x4 guard rail

Brackets
post.
Please refer to the C49 Bridge Overhang Bracket section of this
handbook for information on the OSHA requirements for guardrails.

Guardrail Pocket

01/19 115
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89L Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 1'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders 7' - 1-3/4" maximum
Over 1'-0"
to 3'-0"
Overhang

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1 Hanger

Design Maximum
Bracket “D” SWL
Load Overhang 2,000 1,500 1,000 0
Dimension 2,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,250 lbs. Range
PSF Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (lbs.)
4'-7" 5'-5" 5'-11" 6'-4" 6'-9" 7'-2" 7'-7" 8'-0" 8000
30" D
4'-7" 5'-5" 6'-4" 7'-2" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-2" 5'-6" 5'-11" 6'-4" 6'-9" 7'-2" 7'-7" 8'-0" 8000
130 6" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
5'-2" 5'-6" 5'-11" 6'-4" 6'-9" 7'-2" 7'-7" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-5" 5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-9" 6'-1" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8'-0" 8000
30"
4'-5" 5'-3" 6'-1" 6'-11" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-7" 5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-9" 6'-1" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8'-0" 8000
157 8" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-7" 5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-9" 6'-1" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-10" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-11" 6'-3" 7'-7" 8000
Bridge Overhang

30"
4'-3" 5'-1" 5'-10" 6'-8" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
Brackets

4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-10" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-11" 6'-3" 7'-7" 8000

184 10" 45"
7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-10" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-11" 6'-3" 7'-7" 8000
60"
7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 5'-5" 5'-8" 6'-11" 8000
30"
4'-1" 4'-10" 5'-7" 6'-4" 7'-2" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 5'-5" 5'-8" 6'-11" 8000
210 12" 45"
6'-9" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 5'-5" 5'-8" 6'-11" 8000
60"
6'-9" 7'-0" 7'-4" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-3" 6'-5" 8000
30"
3'-10" 4'-7" 5'-4" 6'-1" 6'-9" 7'-6" 7'-11" 8'-0" 11300
3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-3" 6'-5" 8000
237 14" 45"
6'-3" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-1" 7'-4" 7'-8" 7'-11" 8'-0" 11300
3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-3" 6'-5" 8000
60"
6'-3" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-1" 7'-4" 7'-8" 7'-11" 8'-0" 11300
3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-11" 8000
30"
3'-8" 4'-4" 5'-0" 5'-8" 6'-5" 7'-1" 7'-4" 8'-0" 11300
3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-11" 8000
264 16" 45"
5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-4" 6'-7" 6'-10" 7'-1" 7'-4" 8'-0" 11300
3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-11" 8000
60"
5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-4" 6'-7" 6'-10" 7'-1" 7'-4" 8'-0" 11300
3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-7" 5'-7" 8000
30"
3'-5" 4'-1" 4'-8" 5'-4" 6'-0" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-10" 11300
3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-7" 5'-7" 8000
290 18" 45"
5'-5" 5'-8" 5'-11" 6'-2" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-10" 11300
3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-7" 5'-7" 8000
60"
5'-5" 5'-8" 5'-11" 6'-2" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-10" 11300
2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
30"
3'-2" 3'-10" 4'-5" 5'-0" 5'-7" 6'-3" 6'-5" 7'-5" 11300
2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
317 20" 45"
5'-1" 5'-3" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-5" 7'-5" 11300
2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
60"
5'-1" 5'-3" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-5" 7'-5" 11300
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

116 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89L Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" To 4'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders 7' - 1-3/4" maximum
3'-0" to
4'-0"
Overhang

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1 Hanger

Design Maximum
Bracket “D” SWL
Load Overhang 2,500 2,250 2,000 1,750 1,500 1,250 1,000 0
Dimension Range
PSF Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (lbs.)
1'-6" 2'-5" 3'-4" 4'-3" 5'-2" 6'-1" 6'-8" 8'-0" 8000 D
30"
1'-6" 2'-5" 3'-4" 4'-3" 5'-2" 6'-1" 7'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-6" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-7" 6'-0" 6'-4" 6'-8" 8'-0" 8000
130 6" 45"
6'-9" 7'-8" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-6" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-7" 6'-0" 6'-4" 6'-8" 8'-0" 8000
60"
7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
1'-5" 2'-3" 3'-2" 4'-0" 4'-10" 5'-7" 5'-11" 7'-2" 8000
30"
1'-5" 2'-3" 3'-2" 4'-0" 4'-10" 5'-8" 6'-6" 8'-0" 11300
4'-0" 4'-4" 4'-7" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-11" 7'-2" 8000
157 8" 45"
6'-4" 7'-2" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-0" 4'-4" 4'-7" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-7" 5'-11" 7'-2" 8000
60"
7'-0" 7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
1'-4" 2'-1" 2'-11" 3'-8" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 6'-5" 8000

Bridge Overhang
30"
1'-4" 2'-1" 2'-11" 3'-8" 4'-6" 5'-3" 6'-1" 8'-0" 11300

Brackets
3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-3" 6'-5" 8000
184 10" 45"
5'-11" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-1" 7'-4" 7'-8" 7'-11" 8'-0" 11300
3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-3" 6'-5" 8000
60"
6'-3" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-1" 7'-4" 7'-8" 7'-11" 8'-0" 11300
1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-8" 3'-5" 4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-9" 8000
30"
1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-8" 3'-5" 4'-2" 4'-11" 5'-8" 8'-0" 11300
3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-9" 8000
210 12" 45"
5'-6" 5'-10" 6'-2" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-2" 8'-0" 11300
3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-9" 8000
60"
5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-2" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-2" 8'-0" 11300
1'-2" 1'-10" 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 5'-3" 8000
30"
1'-2" 1'-10" 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-11" 4'-7" 5'-3" 7'-6" 11300
2'-11" 3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 5'-3" 8000
237 14" 45"
5'-1" 5'-4" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-1" 6'-4" 6'-6" 7'-6" 11300
2'-11" 3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 5'-3" 8000
60"
5'-1" 5'-4" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-1" 6'-4" 6'-6" 7'-6" 11300
1'-1" 1'-8" 2'-4" 3'-0" 3'-7" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-10" 8000
30"
1'-1" 1'-8" 2'-4" 3'-0" 3'-7" 4'-3" 4'-11" 6'-10" 11300
2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-10" 8000
264 16" 45"
4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-2" 5'-4" 5'-7" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-10" 11300
2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-10" 8000
60"
4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-2" 5'-4" 5'-7" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-10" 11300
1'-0" 1'-7" 2'-2" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 4'-6" 8000
30"
1'-0" 1'-7" 2'-2" 2'-9" 3'-4" 3'-11" 4'-6" 6'-4" 11300
2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 4'-6" 8000
290 18" 45"
4'-4" 4'-7" 4'-9" 4'-11" 5'-2" 5'-4" 5'-7" 6'-4" 11300
2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 4'-6" 8000
60"
4'-4" 4'-7" 4'-9" 4'-11" 5'-2" 5'-4" 5'-7" 6'-4" 11300
* 1'-5" 2'-0" 2'-7" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-5" 4'-2" 8000
30"
* 1'-5" 2'-0" 2'-7" 3'-1" 3'-8" 4'-2" 5'-11" 11300
2'-4" 2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-5" 4'-2" 8000
317 20" 45"
4'-1" 4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 4'-9" 5'-0" 5'-2" 5'-11" 11300
2'-4" 2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-5" 4'-2" 8000
60"
4'-1" 4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 4'-9" 5'-0" 5'-2" 5'-11" 11300
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 117
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89L Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 4'-0" To 5'-0" Overhangs on Steel Beams or Girders 7' - 1-3/4" maximum
4'-0"
to 5'-0"
Overhang

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1

Design Maximum
Bracket “D” Hanger SWL
Load Overhang 2,000 1,500 1,000 0
Dimension 2,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,250 lbs. Range (lbs.)
PSF Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
* * 1'-3" 2'-2" 3'-1" 3'-11" 4'-10" 7'-4" 8000 D
30"
* * 1'-3" 2'-2" 3'-1" 3'-11" 4'-10" 8'-0" 11300
3'-8" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-8" 6'-0" 7'-4" 8000
130 6" 45"
3'-8" 4'-7" 5'-5" 6'-4" 7'-3" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-1" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-8" 6'-0" 7'-4" 8000
60"
7'-1" 7'-5" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
* * 1'-2" 1'-11" 2'-9" 3'-7" 4'-4" 6'-4" 8000
30"
* * 1'-2" 1'-11" 2'-9" 3'-7" 4'-4" 7'-7" 11300
3'-4" 3'-9" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-2" 6'-4" 8000
157 8" 45"
3'-4" 4'-1" 4'-11" 5'-8" 6'-6" 7'-4" 7'-10" 8'-0" 11300
3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-2" 6'-4" 8000
60"
6'-1" 6'-5" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-3" 7'-6" 7'-10" 8'-0" 11300
* * 1'-1" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-11" 5'-7" 8000
Bridge Overhang

30"
* * 1'-1" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-11" 6'-10" 11300
Brackets

3'-0" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-7" 5'-7" 8000

184 10" 45"
3'-0" 3'-9" 4'-5" 5'-2" 5'-11" 6'-7" 6'-11" 7'-10" 11300
3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-4" 4'-7" 5'-7" 8000
60"
5'-5" 5'-8" 5'-11" 6'-2" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-10" 11300
* * * 1'-7" 2'-3" 2'-11" 3'-7" 5'-0" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-7" 2'-3" 2'-11" 3'-7" 6'-3" 11300
2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-10" 4'-1" 5'-0" 8000
210 12" 45"
2'-9" 3'-4" 4'-0" 4'-8" 5'-4" 5'-11" 6'-2" 7'-0" 11300
2'-9" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-10" 4'-1" 5'-0" 8000
60"
4'-10" 5'-0" 5'-3" 5'-6" 5'-8" 5'-11" 6'-2" 7'-0" 11300
* * * 1'-6" 2'-1" 2'-8" 3'-3" 4'-6" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-6" 2'-1" 2'-8" 3'-3" 5'-8" 11300
2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 4'-6" 8000
237 14" 45"
2'-6" 3'-1" 3'-8" 4'-3" 4'-11" 5'-4" 5'-7" 6'-4" 11300
2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 4'-6" 8000
60"
4'-4" 4'-7" 4'-9" 4'-11" 5'-2" 5'-4" 5'-7" 6'-4" 11300
* * * 1'-4" 1'-11" 2'-5" 3'-0" 4'-1" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-4" 1'-11" 2'-5" 3'-0" 5'-3" 11300
2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-4" 4'-1" 8000
264 16" 45"
2'-3" 2'-10" 3'-5" 3'-11" 4'-6" 4'-11" 5'-1" 5'-9" 11300
2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-4" 4'-1" 8000
60"
4'-0" 4'-2" 4'-4" 4'-6" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-1" 5'-9" 11300
* * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 3'-9" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-3" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-9" 4'-10" 11300
2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-9" 8000
290 18" 45"
2'-1" 2'-7" 3'-1" 3'-7" 4'-1" 4'-6" 4'-8" 5'-4" 11300
2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-9" 8000
60"
3'-8" 3'-10" 4'-0" 4'-2" 4'-4" 4'-6" 4'-8" 5'-4" 11300
* * * 1'-2" 1'-7" 2'-1" 2'-6" 3'-6" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-2" 1'-7" 2'-1" 2'-6" 4'-5" 11300
1'-11" 2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-6" 8000
317 20" 45"
1'-11" 2'-5" 2'-10" 3'-4" 3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-4" 4'-11" 11300
1'-11" 2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-6" 8000
60"
3'-4" 3'-6" 3'-8" 3'-10" 4'-0" 4'-2" 4'-4" 4'-11" 11300
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make certain it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from those
shown.

118 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89L Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing 7' - 1-3/4"
Maximum
Over 1'-0" to 3'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders Over 1'-0"
to 3'-0"
Overhang

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1 Hanger

Design Maximum
Bracket “D” SWL
Load Overhang 2,000 1,500 1,000 0
Dimension 2,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 1,750 lbs. 1,250 lbs. Range
PSF Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (lbs.) D
3'-7" 4'-3" 5'-0" 5'-8" 6'-1" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8'-0" 8000
30"
3'-7" 4'-3" 5'-0" 5'-8" 6'-4" 7'-0" 7'-8" 8'-0" 11300
4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-9" 6'-1" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8'-0" 8000
130 6" 45"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-8" 5'-0" 5'-4" 5'-9" 6'-1" 6'-6" 6'-10" 8'-0" 8000
60"
8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-5" 4'-1" 4'-9" 5'-2" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-1" 7'-5" 8000
30"
3'-5" 4'-1" 4'-9" 5'-5" 6'-1" 6'-9" 7'-4" 8'-0" 11300
4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-10" 5'-2" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-1" 7'-5" 8000
157 8" 45"
7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-10" 5'-2" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-1" 7'-5" 8000
60"
7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-3" 3'-11" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-9" 8000

Bridge Overhang
30"
3'-3" 3'-11" 4'-6" 5'-2" 5'-9" 6'-5" 7'-0" 8'-0" 11300

Brackets
3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-9" 8000
184 10" 45"
6'-6" 6'-10" 7'-2" 7'-5" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-9" 8000
60"
6'-6" 6'-10" 7'-2" 7'-5" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-1" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 6'-2" 8000
30"
3'-1" 3'-8" 4'-3" 4'-11" 5'-6" 6'-1" 6'-8" 8'-0" 11300
3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 6'-2" 8000
210 12" 45"
5'-11" 6'-3" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-1" 7'-4" 7'-7" 8'-0" 11300
3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 6'-2" 8000
60"
5'-11" 6'-3" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-1" 7'-4" 7'-7" 8'-0" 11300
2'-11" 3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-8" 8000
30"
2'-11" 3'-6" 4'-1" 4'-7" 5'-2" 5'-9" 6'-3" 8'-0" 11300
3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-8" 8000
237 14" 45"
5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-2" 4'-5" 4'-8" 5'-8" 8000
60"
5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-6" 6'-9" 7'-0" 8'-0" 11300
2'-9" 3'-2" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
30"
2'-9" 3'-4" 3'-10" 4'-4" 4'-10" 5'-5" 5'-11" 7'-5" 11300
2'-11" 3'-2" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
264 16" 45"
5'-1" 5'-4" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-5" 7'-5" 11300
2'-11" 3'-2" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
60"
5'-1" 5'-4" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-5" 7'-5" 11300
2'-7" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-10" 8000
30"
2'-7" 3'-1" 3'-7" 4'-1" 4'-7" 5'-1" 5'-7" 6'-10" 11300
2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-10" 8000
290 18" 45"
4'-9" 4'-11" 5'-2" 5'-4" 5'-7" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-10" 11300
2'-8" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-10" 8000
60"
4'-9" 4'-11" 5'-2" 5'-4" 5'-7" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-10" 11300
2'-5" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-6" 8000
30"
2'-5" 2'-11" 3'-4" 3'-10" 4'-3" 4'-9" 5'-3" 6'-5" 11300
2'-6" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-6" 8000
317 20" 45"
4'-5" 4'-7" 4'-10" 5'-0" 5'-3" 5'-5" 5'-7" 6'-5" 11300
2'-6" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-6" 8000
60"
4'-5" 4'-7" 4'-10" 5'-0" 5'-3" 5'-5" 5'-7" 6'-5" 11300
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway
area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make sure it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from
those shown.

01/19 119
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89L Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 3'-0" to 4'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders 7' - 1-3/4" Maximum
3'-0" to
4'-0"
Overhang

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1 Hanger

Design Maximum
Bracket “D” SWL
Load Overhang 2,250 2,000 1,500 1,250 1,000 0
Dimension 2,500 lbs. 1,750 lbs. Range
PSF Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (lbs.) D
1'-3" 1'-11" 2'-8" 3'-5" 4'-2" 4'-10" 5'-7" 7'-5" 8000
30"
1'-3" 1'-11" 2'-8" 3'-5" 4'-2" 4'-10" 5'-7" 8'-0" 11300
4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-10" 5'-2" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-1" 7'-5" 8000
130 6" 45"
5'-5" 6'-2" 6'-11" 7'-7" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-10" 5'-2" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-1" 7'-5" 8000
60"
7'-3" 7'-7" 7'-11" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
1'-1" 1'-10" 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-10" 4'-6" 5'-2" 6'-6" 8000
30"
1'-1" 1'-10" 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-10" 4'-6" 5'-2" 7'-10" 11300
3'-7" 3'-11" 4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 5'-4" 6'-6" 8000
157 8" 45"
5'-0" 5'-8" 6'-4" 7'-0" 7'-6" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
3'-7" 3'-11" 4'-2" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-1" 5'-4" 6'-6" 8000
60"
6'-4" 6'-7" 6'-11" 7'-2" 7'-6" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
Bridge Overhang

1'-0" 1'-8" 2'-3" 2'-11" 3'-6" 4'-2" 4'-9" 5'-10" 8000

30"
Brackets

1'-0" 1'-8" 2'-3" 2'-11" 3'-6" 4'-2" 4'-9" 7'-3" 11300

3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-10" 8000
184 10" 45"
4'-8" 5'-3" 5'-11" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-2" 8'-0" 11300
3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-10" 8000
60"
5'-7" 5'-11" 6'-2" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-2" 8'-0" 11300
* 1'-6" 2'-1" 2'-8" 3'-3" 3'-10" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
30"
* 1'-6" 2'-1" 2'-8" 3'-3" 3'-10" 4'-5" 6'-9" 11300
2'-11" 3'-2" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
210 12" 45"
4'-3" 4'-10" 5'-5" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-5" 7'-5" 11300
2'-11" 3'-2" 3'-4" 3'-7" 3'-10" 4'-1" 4'-3" 5'-3" 8000
60"
5'-1" 5'-4" 5'-6" 5'-9" 6'-0" 6'-3" 6'-5" 7'-5" 11300
* 1'-5" 1'-11" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-7" 3'-11" 4'-9" 8000
30"
* 1'-5" 1'-11" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-7" 4'-1" 6'-3" 11300
2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-9" 8000
237 14" 45"
4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-3" 5'-5" 5'-8" 5'-10" 6'-9" 11300
2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-9" 8000
60"
4'-7" 4'-10" 5'-0" 5'-3" 5'-5" 5'-8" 5'-10" 6'-9" 11300
* 1'-4" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-10" 3'-4" 3'-7" 4'-4" 8000
30"
* 1'-4" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-10" 3'-4" 3'-10" 5'-9" 11300
2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-7" 4'-4" 8000
264 16" 45"
3'-8" 4'-2" 4'-7" 4'-10" 5'-0" 5'-2" 5'-5" 6'-2" 11300
2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-5" 3'-7" 4'-4" 8000
60"
4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 4'-10" 5'-0" 5'-2" 5'-5" 6'-2" 11300
* 1'-3" 1'-8" 2'-2" 2'-7" 3'-1" 3'-4" 4'-0" 8000
30"
* 1'-3" 1'-8" 2'-2" 2'-7" 3'-1" 3'-6" 5'-4" 11300
2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 4'-0" 8000
290 18" 45"
3'-5" 3'-11" 4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 4'-9" 5'-0" 5'-8" 11300
2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 4'-0" 8000
60"
3'-11" 4'-1" 4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 4'-9" 5'-0" 5'-8" 11300
* 1'-2" 1'-7" 2'-0" 2'-5" 2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-9" 8000
30"
* 1'-2" 1'-7" 2'-0" 2'-5" 2'-10" 3'-3" 5'-0" 11300
2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-9" 8000
317 20" 45"
3'-2" 3'-7" 3'-11" 4'-1" 4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 5'-3" 11300
2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-9" 8000
60"
3'-7" 3'-9" 3'-11" 4'-1" 4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 5'-3" 11300
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make sure it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from those
shown.

120 01/19
 Bridge Overhang Brackets

C89L Bridge Overhang Bracket and Exterior Hanger Spacing

Over 4'-0" to 5'-0" Overhangs on Precast/Prestressed Concrete Girders 7' - 1-3/4" Maximum
4'-0"
to 5'-0"
Overhang

Screed Load Per Bracket = S1 Hanger

Design Maximum
Bracket “D” SWL
Load Overhang 2,250 2,000 1,500 1,250 1,000 0
Dimension 2,500 lbs. 1,750 lbs. Range
PSF Thickness lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (lbs.) D
* * 1'-1" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-11" 6'-8" 8000
30"
* * 1'-1" 1'-9" 2'-6" 3'-3" 3'-11" 6'-10" 11300
3'-0" 3'-8" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-9" 8000
130 6" 45"
3'-0" 3'-8" 4'-5" 5'-2" 5'-11" 6'-7" 7'-4" 8'-0" 11300
3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-4" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-3" 5'-6" 6'-9" 8000
60"
5'-10" 6'-6" 7'-2" 7'-5" 7'-9" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 11300
* * * 1'-7" 2'-3" 2'-11" 3'-6" 5'-10" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-7" 2'-3" 2'-11" 3'-6" 6'-1" 11300
2'-8" 3'-4" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-10" 8000
157 8" 45"
2'-8" 3'-4" 4'-0" 4'-7" 5'-3" 5'-11" 6'-7" 8'-0" 11300
3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-0" 4'-3" 4'-6" 4'-9" 5'-10" 8000
60"
5'-2" 5'-10" 6'-2" 6'-5" 6'-8" 6'-11" 7'-2" 8'-0" 11300

Bridge Overhang
* * * 1'-5" 2'-0" 2'-7" 3'-2" 5'-1" 8000
30"

Brackets
* * * 1'-5" 2'-0" 2'-7" 3'-2" 5'-6" 11300
2'-5" 3'-0" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 3'-11" 4'-2" 5'-1" 8000
184 10" 45"
2'-5" 3'-0" 3'-7" 4'-2" 4'-9" 5'-4" 5'-11" 7'-2" 11300
2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-9" 3'-11" 4'-2" 5'-1" 8000
60"
4'-8" 5'-2" 5'-5" 5'-7" 5'-10" 6'-1" 6'-4" 7'-2" 11300
* * * 1'-3" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-11" 4'-6" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-3" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-11" 5'-0" 11300
2'-2" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-6" 8000
210 12" 45"
2'-2" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-4" 4'-10" 5'-4" 6'-5" 11300
2'-6" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-4" 3'-6" 3'-9" 4'-6" 8000
60"
4'-3" 4'-7" 4'-10" 5'-0" 5'-3" 5'-5" 5'-7" 6'-5" 11300
* * * 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-2" 2'-8" 4'-1" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-2" 2'-8" 4'-7" 11300
2'-0" 2'-5" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-4" 4'-1" 8000
237 14" 45"
2'-0" 2'-6" 2'-11" 3'-5" 3'-11" 4'-5" 4'-11" 5'-10" 11300
2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-4" 4'-1" 8000
60"
3'-10" 4'-2" 4'-4" 4'-6" 4'-8" 4'-11" 5'-1" 5'-10" 11300
* * * 1'-1" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-5" 3'-9" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-1" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-5" 4'-2" 11300
1'-10" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-9" 8000
264 16" 45"
1'-10" 2'-3" 2'-8" 3'-2" 3'-7" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-3" 11300
2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" 3'-1" 3'-9" 8000
60"
3'-6" 3'-9" 3'-11" 4'-1" 4'-3" 4'-5" 4'-7" 5'-3" 11300
* * * 1'-0" 1'-5" 1'-10" 2'-3" 3'-5" 8000
30"
* * * 1'-0" 1'-5" 1'-10" 2'-3" 3'-10" 11300
1'-8" 2'-0" 2'-2" 2'-4" 2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-5" 8000
290 18" 45"
1'-8" 2'-1" 2'-6" 2'-11" 3'-4" 3'-9" 4'-2" 4'-10" 11300
1'-11" 2'-0" 2'-2" 2'-4" 2'-6" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-5" 8000
60"
3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-7" 3'-9" 3'-11" 4'-1" 4'-3" 4'-10" 11300
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-8" 2'-0" 3'-1" 8000
30"
* * * * 1'-3" 1'-8" 2'-0" 3'-7" 11300
1'-6" 1'-11" 2'-0" 2'-2" 2'-4" 2'-5" 2'-7" 3'-2" 8000
317 20" 45"
1'-6" 1'-11" 2'-4" 2'-8" 3'-1" 3'-5" 3'-10" 4'-6" 11300
1'-9" 1'-11" 2'-0" 2'-2" 2'-4" 2'-5" 2'-7" 3'-2" 8000
60"
3'-0" 3'-2" 3'-4" 3'-6" 3'-8" 3'-9" 3'-11" 4'-6" 11300
NOTES:
1. Design load calculations for the above bracket spacings are based on a dead load of 160 pcf for the concrete and formwork, a live load of 50 psf for workers,
moveable equipment and materials, plus a 75 plf vertical load applied at the outside edge of the deck overhang. A 50 psf live load is also applied to the walkway area.
2. Always check overhang form lumber to make sure it will span the selected bracket spacing.
3. For a nominal charge, Dayton Superior Technical Assistance will calculate a recommended bracket spacing when conditions on your specific project vary from those
shown.

01/19 121
 Working Parts

A27 Turnbuckle Form Aligner

The A27 Turnbuckle Form Aligner consists of a 1‑1/2" x 1‑1/2" x 20"
Coil Threaded Turnbuckle
angle welded to a 1" diameter turnbuckle assembly. The self-cleaning
coil thread offers quick adjustment for plumbing and aligning formwork.
Minimum overall length of the aligner is 37". Maximum extended overall
length is 40".
Nail holes in the angle allow the unit to be affixed to a length of 2x4 or
2x6 to extend the effective length of the aligner. The nailing plate is
furnished with nail holes for attaching to the form and also has a 15/16"
hole. The safe working load of the form aligner is limited by the lumber
and nailing procedures.

A27 Turnbuckle
Form Aligner

2nd
Pour

1st
Pour

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name.

Example:
75 pcs., A27 Turnbuckle Form Liner.

SAFETY NOTE:
A27 Turnbuckle Form Aligner is not designed for use as
Working Parts

bracing resisting wind loads.

122 01/19
 Working Parts

B12 Continuous Coil Threaded Rod

B12 Continuous Coil Threaded Rod is manufactured from high
strength cold rolled steel and is available in precut lengths
or in 12' lengths for field cutting. Use for supporting interior formwork, To Order:
overhang brackets and exterior formwork. Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) diameter.

Diameter Tension SWL Cross Section area Example:

75 pcs., B12 Coil Rod, 1/2" diameter.
1/2" 9,000 lbs. 0.1385 sq. in.
3/4" 18,000 lbs. 0.3098 sq. in
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

SAFETY NOTE:
The user should be aware that there are no industry standards for coil
threads and the user should not use coil threaded products supplied by
others with a Dayton Superior coil threaded product.

B13 Coil Nut and B25 Heavy Coil Nut

The B13 Coil Nut and B25 Heavy Coil Nut are manufactured with coil thread Approx.
Height
and are used in conjunction with other coil threaded products to support
bridge deck formwork.
B13 and B25 Coil Nut Selection Chart
B13 Standard
Safe Working Load Tension (lbs.) Coil Nut
Coil Nut Approx.
Dia. Using One Using Two B13 Nuts or
Type Height
B13 Nut One B25 Heavy Nut
B13 1/2" 7/16" 6,000 9,000 Approx.
Height
B25 1/2" 1-3/16" — 9,000

Working Parts
B13 3/4" 5/8" 9,000 18,000 B25 Heavy Coil
B25 3/4" 1-3/16" — 18,000 Nut

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) bolt diameter.

Example:
200 pcs., B13 Coil Nut, 3/4".

S.W.L. provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

B13H Coil Nut

The B13H Coil Nuts are manufactured with coil thread and are used in conjunction with other coil threaded products
to support bridge deck formwork. In order to achieve the rated safe working load of 11,300 lbs. per side, 3/4” diameter
rod. Heavy coil nut measures 1-1/4” across flats are required.
SAFE WORKING LOAD
C60 Type 9, 9A, 9AN and C89L Overhang bracket require a B13H Coil Nut. 11,3000 lbs per side with 3/4" B13H Coil
Nuts SWL provides a factor of safety
Coil Nut Approx. Width of approximately 2 to 1. WARNING:
Dia. Safe Working Load (lbs)
Type Height Across Flats Hangers must be equally loaded on both
B13H 3/4" 3/4" 1-1/4" 12,000 sides.

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) bolt diameter.

Example:
200 pcs., B13H Coil Nut, 3/4".

01/19 123
 Working Parts

B14 Coil Bolt and B14A Adjustable Coil Bolt Length

The B14 Coil Bolt has an integral forged head and is available in 1/2" and 3/4"
diameters and lengths as required. The B14 is used with interior and exterior
hangers to suspend bridge deck formwork.
The B14A Adjustable Coil Bolt consists of a length of coil rod with a welded
head (Coil Nut) and a free-running Coil Nut. The B14A is available in 1/2" B14 Coil Bolt
and 3/4" diameters and in 12", 16", 18", 20" and 24" standard lengths. Custom
lengths are available on request.
B14A Adjustable Coil Bolts are especially Length
recommended for use with bridge deck Free Running B13 Hex Nut
formwork, as one B14A Adjustable
Coil bolt can take the place of several
different lengths of B14 Coil bolts. This is
accomplished by adjusting the free running
nut to compensate for changes in the B14A Adjustable Coil Bolt
needed “form grip”.

To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) diameter, (4) length.

Example:
150 pcs., B14A Adjustable Coil Bolt, 1/2" diameter x 24" long.

Head Tension Type Nut on Minimum Coil

Type Diameter Length
Type SWL Opposite End Penetration
B14 1/2" Forged 6" and over 9,000 lbs. (2) B13 2"
B14A 1/2" Welded All 6,000 lbs. (1) B13 2"
B14 3/4" Forged All 20,050 lbs. (2) B13 2"
Working Parts

B14A 3/4" Welded All 9,000 lbs. (1) B13 2-1/4"

B14A 3/4" Welded All 18,000 lbs. (1) B25 2-1/4"
SWL listed provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

124 01/19
 Working Parts

B27 Coil Nut Washer

The B27 Coil Nut Washer is a uniquely designed, one-piece ductile casting that
combines the advantages of a washer and nut into one part. Nail holes are provided to
secure the washer to lumber forms, when needed.
Available in 1/2" and 3/4" coil thread diameters. Distance across flats of the nut 4"
portion is 1‑3/8" for both diameters.
Safe working load for the 1/2" diameter is 4,500 lbs. and 9,000 lbs. for the 3/4" 1-5/8"
diameter. SWL provides for approximately a 2 to 1 factor of safety.
3/8"

B39 Coil Wing Nut

The B39 Wing Nut is available in 1/2" and 3/4" coil thread diameters for use hanging bridge deck form work.
Ideal for use with bridge formwork, as a sharp “blow” from a hammer will loosen the wing nut sufficiently, allowing removal of the
wing nut by hand. Eliminates the need to use a wrench when in an awkward working position beneath the formwork.
W
Diameter D W SWL
1/2" 2-3/8" 5" 9,000 lbs.
3/4" 2-5/8" 5-3/4" 18,000 lbs.
D
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.
1-1/4"
SAFETY NOTE:
There are no industry standards for coil threads
and the user should not use coil threaded products
supplied by others with a Dayton Superior coil
threaded product.

Working Parts

01/19 125
 Working Parts

B11 Flat Washer

Flat washers are fabricated from 1/4" or 3/8" thick flat steel plate and are available in the
sizes shown in the chart.
For best results, the washer should be positioned so that the washer’s length runs
parallel to the walers and the gap between the walers does not exceed the bolt diameter
plus 1/4".

Bolt
Type Safe Working Load Sizes
Diameter
B11 Standard 1/2" 6,750 lbs. 3" x 4" x 1/4"
B11 Heavy 1/2" 8,750 lbs. 4" x 5" x 1/4" To Order:
Specify: (1) quantity, (2) name, (3) diameter, (4)
B11 Standard 3/4" 6,750 lbs. 4" x 5" x 1/4" type, (5) size.
B11 Heavy 3/4" 14,000 lbs. 5" x 5" x 3/8"
Example:
B11 Standard 1" 18,500 lbs. 5" x 5" 1/2" 150 pcs., B11 Flat washer, 1/2" Heavy,
B11 Heavy 1" 38,000 lbs. 7" x 7" x 3/4" 4"x4"x1/4".

B11 Standard 1‑1/4" 22,750 lbs. 5" x 5" x 1/2"

B11 Heavy 1‑1/4" 50,750 lbs. 7" x 7" x 3/4"
B11 Standard 1‑1/2" 26,250 lbs. 5" x 5" x 3/4"
B11 Heavy 1‑1/2" 41,500 lbs. 7" x 7" x 3/4"
SWL provides a factor of safety of approximately 2 to 1.

B42 Batter Washer A

The B42 Batter Washer is available for use with 1/2" and 3/4" coil bolts. C

The B42 washer is designed to swing freely to any desired angle up to 45° which
Working Parts

allows for proper bearing of a bolt head.

Nail holes are provided to secure the washer to lumber ledgers. Multiple raised ridges
or “lumber grips” are designed on the underside of the washer, which with the nails
work to prevent washer slippage under angular loading conditions.

Diameter A B C SWL B

1/2" 3-7/8" 3-1/2" 1" 9,000 lbs.

3/4" 4-3/4" 4-3/4" 1-1/2" 18,000 lbs.

126 08/19
01/19
 Notes and Sketches

01/19 127
 Bar Supports

Bar Supports for Reinforcing Steel

Dayton Superior manufactures a complete line of wire and plastic bar supports for
use in supporting reinforcing steel. Dayton Superior bar supports are shipped in
convenient cartons, bundles or skids and are clearly identified by size.

Bar Support Spacing

When the project plans do not specify a spacing for bar supports, Dayton Superior
recommends the following: A B

Condition A: Overhang of Bridge

When using continuous bar supports (SB and CHC) to support both the bottom and
top mat of reinforcing steel:
Dimension “A” equals 1'-0" maximum and dimension “B” equals 4'-0" maximum.

Condition B:
B
When using continuous bar supports (SB) to support the bottom mat and individual
chairs (HC) supporting the top mat of reinforcing steel Interior of Bridge
Dimension “A” equals 1'-0" maximum and dimension “B” equals 4'-0" maximum.

Condition C:
When using continuous bar supports (SB) to support the bottom mat and an upper bar
support (SBU or CHC) to support the top mat of rebar:
Dimension “A” equals 9" maximum and dimension “B” equals 3'-0" maximum.
For metal decking, it is recommended to use an SBU or CHCU to span across the
decking.

Corrosion Protection Metal Decking

Bar supports are available as all plastic or from wire that is either bright basic, plastic
dipped, epoxy coated, plastic tipped or stainless steel to meet the various corrosion protection specified by the state DOT.
Bar Supports

All Plastic Plastic Dipped Epoxy-Coated Plastic Tipped SS Tipped

128 REV. 09/19

01/19
 Bar Supports

Aztec® E-Z Chair® - PEZ

APPLICATION:
Single Mat-Rebar or Wire Mesh, Bottom Layer Double Mat Rebar or Wire Mesh, Tilt-Wall, Side-Form Spacer
HEIGHT:
From 3/4" to 6" in 1/4" increments
FEATURES:
• Standard “Concrete Gray" color (custom colors available-inquire) • High load capacity
• Minimal surface contact • Fits up to #8 rebar
• Designed for maximum aggregate flow and concrete consolidation

Aztec® Straddle Chair - PSC

APPLICATION:
Single Mat-Rebar or Wire Mesh, Bottom Layer Double Mat-Rebar or Wire Mesh, Tilt Wall, Side-Form Spacer
HEIGHT:
From 4" to 7-3/4"
• With 2 sizes per chair
FEATURES
• Straddles lower rebar mat
• Fits rebar #3 to #11
• Minimal footprint with staple down feature

Aztec® Castle Chair™ - PCC Square Base Round Base

APPLICATION:
On-Grade, Single Mat Rebar or Wire Mesh, Bottom Layer Double Mat Rebar or
Wire Mesh, Precast, Tilt-Wall, Insulated “Sandwich" Panels
HEIGHT:
From 1-1/2" to 6-1/4" (1/4" increments)
FEATURES:
• Heavy-duty, stackable design
• Most stable on-grade chair available
• Fits up to #8 rebar
• Each chair comes in two height
• Perfect for use on insulating foam or nonpenetrable vapor barriers
combinations reducing inventory

Aztec® EZ Connect™ PSB

APPLICATION:
Provides a continuous, strong and stable support for spacing rebar in a variety of applications.
HEIGHT:

Bar Supports
From 3/4" to 3"
FEATURES:
• EZ Connect end design allows for a fast and secure connection
• Available in 2.5’, 5’ and 10’ lengths
• Non-corrosive material
• Newly modeled support bed holds rebar in place
• Heights range from 3/4” to 3”

Aztec® StrongBack SBU™ Slab Bolster Upper - PSBU

APPLICATION:
Supports top layer in Double Mat application, Rebar or Wire Mesh, Slabs, Heavy Duty On-Grade,
Corrugated Decking, Side-Form Spacer-below-grade applications only
HEIGHT:
From 1" to 5" (1/4" increments)
FEATURES:
• Designed for use with Epoxy-Coated/FRP/Stainless Steel/Galvanized rebar
• For use in corrosive environments
• Spans corrugations in elevated deck applications • Suitable for use on Vapor Barriers or
• Special packaging available in 5' or 10' sections, bundled and palletized Insulating Foam
• No overlap required
• Manufactured in 30" lengths in standard boxes
• Strong as metal SBU

01/19 129
 Bar Supports

Bar Chair - BC
APPLICATION:
To support wide spaced light steel in slab or deck construction.
Available in plain, galvanized, plastic dip, plastic tip or epoxy coated finish.
HEIGHT:
3/4" to 2", in 1/4" increments
FEATURES:
• Formed cradle to place wire mesh or reinforcing bar. • Foot designed to set on most forming surfaces.

Individual High Chair - HC

APPLICATION:
To support reinforcing bar or wire mesh during concrete placement in Flat Slab, Tilt Wall
Panel, Elevated Slabs, Precast Panels projects, to maintain proper concrete coverage.
HEIGHT:
Available in heights of 2" to 15" in increments of 1/4". Chairs over 12" require cross bracing or
lacing of legs.
FEATURES:
• Formed cradle for placing reinforcing bar.
• Designed to resist deformation under construction loading.
• Wide leg span to allow chair to straddle lower bars.
• Foot designed for use on multiple forming surfaces. Plastic Dipped and Plastic Tipped chairs designed for exposed conditions, i.e.
Tilt Wall Panels.

Slab Booster - SB
APPLICATION:
Height
To support lower slab steel, on continuous 5ft long top wire.
HEIGHT:
3/4" to 3", in 1/2" increments.
5"
FEATURES:
• Corrugations on top wire are space on 1" centers to serve as guides for spacing reinforcing bars.
• Available in plain, galvanized, plastic dip, plastic tip or epoxy coated finish

Slab Booster Upper - SBU

APPLICATION:
To support one layer of steel above another and space them to required distance. May
also be used to support steel on soft material form surface, such as carton forms or fill
material.
HEIGHT:
Bar Supports

3/4" to 3", in 1/2" increments.

FEATURES:
• Some sizes are available with corrugated top wire to serve a guide for • 5' lengths standard. Other lengths available
spacing reinforcing steel. as special order.
• Available in plain, galvanized, stainless steel or epoxy coated.

Continuous High Chair - CHC

APPLICATION: Height
• Support upper slab steel from slab form surface.
• Substitutes for individual chair supports.

NOTE: 7½"
Available in 10' lengths on special order basis.

Premium Tie Wire - WTW

APPLICATION:
The WTW Premium Tie Wire is used to create a tie wire connection at rebar intersections.

FEATURES:
• Soft, annealed composition • Clean, smooth finish
• Square wound

130 01/19
 Notes and Sketches

01/19 131
 Rebar Splicing

Dowel Bar Splicing System

This system is a two-piece system consisting of male and female threaded rebars
that have been upset on the threaded end. Available in reinforcing bar sizes #4
through #11 meeting ASTM A 615 Grade 60 requirements in plain or epoxy finishes.
The manufacturing process ensures that no reduction occurs in the cross-sectional
area of the projects specified rebar. It also allows the complete splice to achieve
*U.S. Patent No. 4,619,096
160% of the rebars 60,000 psi yield strength and develop the full ultimate strength
of the specified rebar.
The Dowel-Bar Splicer System offers the contactor many advantages, including eliminating drilling of holes in the forms so rebars
can pass through, eliminating any rebar protruding from the concrete and greatly reduces injuries from rebar protruding from the
concrete.

Dowel Bar Splicer

The Dowel Bar Splicer can be furnished straight, with a 90˚ or 180˚
hooked end or double-ended. The splicer can also be special-ordered
with a reduced diameter washer flange or with the washer flange clipped
(in more than one direction, if required) to provide adequate concrete
cover or to avoid interference.
The Double-Ended Dowel Bar Splicer can be used to establish a direct load
Length As Specified
path through a concrete section, thus avoiding multiple hooked rebar and
eliminating rebar congestion. The doubled-ended unit can be configured in a
“U” shape for special applications.

Overall Length

Standard Clipped
Flange Flange

R D
To Order:
D101A Straight Dowel Bar D103A 180˚ Hook Specify (1) quantity, (2) name,
Splicer Dowel Bar Splicer C (3) rebar number, which is the same
number as on project plans,
4) A, B and C dimensions as
A required, 5) finish.

Example:
800 pcs. DA 101A Straight Dowel
Overall Length
Bar Splicer, #4 x 36" long, Epoxy
R Coated.
B
D102A 90˚ Hook
Dowel Bar Splicer
D104A Double-Ended Dowel Bar
Rebar Splicing

Splicer

132 01/19
 Rebar Splicing

Dowel Bar Splicer Dowel-In

The Dowel-In is the male portion of the Dowel Bar Splicer System and is also available straight, with a 90˚ or 180˚ hooked end or
double-ended.
For complete information on the Dowel Bar Splicing System, see the Rebar Splicing Handbook online.
A A
Lap Splice Length or
Development Length

Dia.
Bar Size
D103 180˚ Hooked Dowel-In
+1/4"
D101 Dowel-In

A
C

D102 90˚ Hooked Dowel-In

B
A
(+0–1/4")

D104 Double-Ended Dowel-In

D50 DBR Coupler System

The D50 DBR Coupler System is comprised of three parts, a coupler
and two lengths of threaded rebar. The coupler is fabricated
from high quality steel satisfying ASTM A-108. DBR Couplers
accommodate rebar sizes #4 through #11 and have an internal
positive stop to ensure proper thread engagement.
Due to the threads being cut into the rebar, the user must up-size one D51 Setting-Splice Bar
bar number from that specified on the projects plans.
This rebar splicing system is designed to meet codes requiring the
rebar splice to develop 125% of the specified rebars yield strength.
D50 DBR Coupler
The Setting-Splice Bars are available as:
• D51 DBR Straight Bar threaded on one end,
• D52 DBR 90° Hook Bar threaded on one end, Rebar Splicing
• D53 DBR 180° Hook bar threaded on one end,
• D54 DBR Straight Bar threaded on both ends.
For complete information on the D50 DBR Coupler System, see the Rebar Splicing Handbook online.

01/19 133
 Rebar Splicing

D250 Bar Lock® Coupler

The Bar Lock Coupler provides a quick, cost effective method
for use when rehabbing a bridge, as they allow the users
to connect an existing rebar to a new rebar. Couplers are
available in three styles – S/CA, L and the XL Series, and may *U.S. Patent No. 4,666,326 ICC
be used with plain or deformed bars in sizes #4 —to #18. Evaluation Report #5064

When using the Bar Lock S/CA-Series Coupler to connect

two rebars, the splice will 125% Fy of grade 60 rebar for
type 1 splice requirements.
When using the Bar Lock L-Series Coupler to connect two
rebars, the splice will develop 100% Fu of grade 60 rebar for
type 2 splice requirements. The XL-Series coupler will meet
100% Fu of grade 75 and 80 rebar for type 2 requirements.
Bar-Lock Couplers are covered under IAPMO Report ER-319
and approved for use by most state DOTs.
For complete information and installation instructions on
Typical Completed Splice
the D250 Bar Lock Coupler, see the Dayton Superior Rebar
Splicing Handbook online.

Replacement of Corroded Bridge Reinforcing Steel

Typical Bridge Deck Repair

Rebar Splicing

Typical Pier Repair

134 01/19
 Rebar Splicing

D42 Bag Ties

The D42 Bag Ties are 16 gauge annealed loop-ended To Order:
wire ties used for tying rebar and many other non- Specify (1) quantity (sold by bag and/or
construction items such as bags and carpet rolls. Bag skid only), (2) name, (3) length.
ties are stocked in 4", 5", 6", 7", 8", 10" and 12" lengths.
Other lengths and gauges are available on special Example:
order. 4" through 8" bag ties are packaged in coils of 5 bags, D42 Bag Ties, 6" long.
1,000 pieces, five coils per bag. 10" and 12" bag ties are D42 Bag Ties
packaged 2,500 pieces per bag.

PC110 Impalement Safety Cap

• Protects workers from protruding rebar
• Impalement protection
• One size fits #3 [10mm] through #11 [36mm] rebar
• Approved for flat stakes (3/8" x 1.5") and round stakes (5/8" to 7/8")
• Safety orange color
• Fully tested and approved (OSHA #C1730-AG)
• Meets Cal OSHA max. drop test requirements PC110 Impalement
• Complies with Cal OSHA, Section 1712 Safety Cap

D46 Tie Wire

The D46 Tie Wire is 16 gauge, black annealed wire
To Order:
Specify (1) quantity (sold by carton and/
used to tie reinforcing steel. This soft, pliable wire is
or skid only), (2) name.
available in 3.5 pound coils with 385 feet of wire in
each coil. Packaged twenty coils per carton and 48 Example:
cartons per skid. 5 cartons, D46 Tie Wire.

D46 Tie Wire

D48 Sure-Guard® Rebar Protective Cap

The D48 Sure-Guard Rebar Protective Caps have
been developed to protect workmen from the hazards To Order:
of protruding rebar. The D48 cap is available in all Specify (1) quantity, (2) name,
rebar sizes, and packaged in bags of 50. (3) bar size.

Example:
600, D48 Sure-Guard Rebar Protective D48 Sure-Guard Rebar
Caps for #6 rebar. Protector

Rebar Splicing

01/19 135
 Screed Support

G1 Pipe Holder
Dayton Superior's G1 Pipe Holder is designed to be used with 1/2" or 3/4" screed chairs to support
pipe screed bars.

G1 Pipe Holder

G14 Heavy Duty Screed Holders 1/4"

1/4" Thick
Thick

The G14 Heavy Duty Screed Holders consist of a rolled steel plate welded to a 1111Ga.
Ga.

length of 1" diameter coil rod. This screed holder is used with a free-fit screed
base to support screed pipe of various sizes.
The “open style” is fabricated from 11 gauge steel and is limited to 2" O.D. or
smaller, pipe. The “closed style” is fabricated from 1/4" steel and is fitted with 2"O.D.
2" O.D. Pipe
Pipe
two 5/16" diameter set screws. (maximum)
(Maximum)

The closed style holder can accommodate screed pipe up to 3" O.D. Both styles
are available in 4‑1/4", 6‑3/4" and 9‑3/4" lengths with one Coil Nut included with
each holder.

1"
1"Diameter
Dia. 1"1"Diameter
Dia.
Standard
Standard Standard
Standard

G14 Heavy Duty Screed Holders

G15 Heavy Duty Screed Support

The G15 Heavy Duty Screed Support is available in 1" and 1-1/4" diameters in 3", 4" and 6" heights.
They are welded to a steel beam to provide a receptacle for a screed holder to support the screed pipe.
Vertical adjustment is accomplished by turning the jam nut on the Screed holder.
G15 Heavy Duty
Screed Support

G16 Heavy Duty Screed Chair Base

The G16 Heavy Duty Screed Chair Base is a rigid support designed for heavy vibratory screed
applications. Available in two styles, 1" or 1-1/4" coil and 1" or 1-1/4" free-fit.
Standard heights are 4‑1/2", 5‑1/2", 7‑1/2" and 10".
The G16 with interlocking legs will have a Safe Working Load in compression of 1,500 lbs at a 2 to 1
factor for safety, with a maximum 1/10" deflection.

G16 Heavy Duty

Screed Chair Base
Screed Support

Coil Style With

Interlocking Legs

136 REV. 06/24

01/19
 Index

45° Adjustable Half Hanger ................................................ 53 C49S ........................................................................ 60, 89, 103
45° Heavy Duty Adjustable Half Hanger ......................... 54 C49W .................................................................................... 105
90° Type 4B Ty-Down Half Hanger .................................. 35 C51 .......................................................................................... 67
A27 ....................................................................................... 122 C52 ......................................................................................... 63
Adjustable Coil Bolt ........................................................... 124 C52P ...................................................................................... 64
Adjustable Half Hanger ................................................ 33, 53 C53 ........................................................................................ 65
Adjustable Joist Hanger .................................................... 35 C54 ......................................................................................... 63
All-Wire Saddle Hanger ..................................................... 29 C59D ...................................................................................... 62
B11 ......................................................................................... 126 C60 ................................................. 23, 27, 44, 45, 46, 47, 56
B12 ........................................................................................ 123 C61 .......................................................................................... 57
B13 ........................................................................................ 123 C62 ........................................................................................ 45
B14 ........................................................................................ 124 C63 .................................................................................. 34, 50
B14A ..................................................................................... 124 C64 ........................................................................................ 50
B16 ......................................................................................... 68 C67 ........................................................................................ 47
B25 ....................................................................................... 123 C68 .................................................................................. 35, 48
B27 ....................................................................................... 125 C89 ....................................................................................... 108
B32 ....................................................................................... 125 C89L ...................................................................................... 115
B39 ....................................................................................... 125 C90 ......................................................................................... 59
B42 ....................................................................................... 126 C110 ........................................................................................ 21
Bag Ties ............................................................................... 135 C120 ........................................................................................ 21
Bar Chair ..................................................................... 129, 130 C130 ........................................................................................ 21
Bar Lock Coupler ................................................................ 134 Century Hanger Series ...................................................... 20
Bar Supports ....................................................................... 128 Channel Hanger ................................................................... 29
Batter Washer ..................................................................... 126 CHC ...................................................................................... 129
BB ......................................................................................... 129 CHCU .................................................................................... 129
BBU ...................................................................................... 129 Clamp for Falsework ........................................................... 59
BC ......................................................................................... 129 Clear Span Between Hanger Bolts ................................... 10
Beam Bolster .............................................................. 129, 130 Coil Bolt ............................................................................... 124
Beam Bolster Upper .......................................................... 129 Coil Loop Insert ................................................................... 68
Bearcat Bolt Multi-Use..........................................................69 Coil Nut ................................................................................ 123
Bearcat Bolt Single-Use.......................................................69 Coil Nut Washer .................................................................. 125
Bolt Holder ........................................................................... 115 Coil Rod Hanger ............................................................ 27, 49
Bridge Girder Magnet .......................................................... 59 Coil Wing Nut ...................................................................... 125
Bridge Overhang Bracket .................................................. 60 Combination Exterior Hanger ............................................ 57
Bridge Overhang Bracket Extender .................................. 63 Combination Interior Hanger .............................................. 57
Bridge Overhang Bracket Type C89L .............................. 113 Combination Pres-Steel Hanger ....................................... 56
Bridge Overhang System Safe Working Load ................ 22 Con-Beam Half Hanger ....................................................... 41
C13 ......................................................................................... 28 Con-Beam Hanger .............................................................. 38
C13A ...................................................................................... 29 Concrete Beam Half Hanger ............................................. 30
C14 ......................................................................................... 29 Continuous Coil Threaded Rod ........................................ 123
C24 .............................................................. 30, 32, 52, 55, 56 Continuous High Chair ...................................................... 129
C25 ........................................................................... 33, 53, 54 Continuous High Chair Upper .......................................... 129
C28 ........................................................................................ 42 Conversion Kit ..................................................................... 62
C29 ........................................................................................ 42 D42 ....................................................................................... 135
C41 ................................................................................... 27, 49 D45 ....................................................................................... 135
C44 ........................................................................................ 38 D46 ....................................................................................... 135
C45 ........................................................................................ 38 D48 ....................................................................................... 135
C46 ........................................................................................ 39 D50 ....................................................................................... 133
C46H ...................................................................................... 41 D101 ...................................................................................... 133
C46TH .................................................................................... 41 D101A ................................................................................... 132
C47 ........................................................................................ 40 D102 ..................................................................................... 133
C49 .......................................................................... 60, 76, 100 D102A ................................................................................... 132
C49C ...................................................................................... 60 D103 ...................................................................................... 133
C49D ....................................................................... 60, 83, 100 D103A ................................................................................... 132
C49JR .................................................................... 60, 98, 104 D104 ..................................................................................... 133

01/19 137
 Index

D104A ................................................................................... 132 Single Span Joists ................................................................. 8

D250 ..................................................................................... 134 Slab Bolster ........................................................................ 129
DBR Coupler System ......................................................... 133 Slab Bolster Upper ..................................................... 129, 130
Double Ledgers ...................................................................... 7 Steel Beam Half Hanger .................................................... 30
Dowel Bar Splicer .............................................................. 132 Straddle Chair ..................................................................... 130
Dowel Bar Splicer Dowel-In ............................................. 133 Strongback Slab ................................................................. 130
Dowel-In .............................................................................. 133 Sure-Guard Rebar Protective Cap ................................... 135
Exterior Hanger ................................................................... 43 T13...................................................................................... 71, 72
E-Z Chair ............................................................................. 129 T13G.................................................................................... 71, 72
F64 ........................................................................................ 68 T13L.......................................................................................... 71
Ferrule Loop Insert ............................................................. 68 Technical Assistance ............................................................. 4
Field Modified Bridge Overhang Bracket ........................ 70 Technical Data — Lumber ................................................... 15
Fillet Clip .............................................................................. 42 Three or More Span Joists ................................................... 9
Flat Washer ......................................................................... 126 Tie Bar Beam Clip Pre-Stress Hanger ............................ 47
G1 .......................................................................................... 136 Tie Wire ................................................................................ 135
G14 ........................................................................................ 136 Tower Chair ......................................................................... 130
G15 ........................................................................................ 136 Turnbuckle Form Aligner .................................................. 122
G16 ........................................................................................ 136 Ty-Down Half Hanger ......................................................... 35
Guard Rail Receptacle .................................................. 63, 65 Typical Application on Concrete Beams .......................... 74
Guard Rail Speed Bracket Assembly ............................... 64 Typical Application on Steel Beams ................................. 73
Handle Coil Nut ................................................................... 125 Wall Plate Assembly ............................................................ 67
Haunch Carrier .................................................................... 42 Welding Half Hanger ............................................................ 18
HC ......................................................................................... 129 Wire Bar Supports ............................................................. 129
Heavy Coil Nut .................................................................... 123 Working Stress Values for Lumber ................................... 16
Heavy Duty Adjustable Half Hanger ................................ 54
Heavy Duty Screed Chair Base ....................................... 136
Heavy Duty Screed Holders ............................................. 136
Heavy Duty Screed Support ............................................. 136
Hook Half Hanger ................................................................ 34
Individual High Chair ......................................................... 129
Interior Hanger Spacing Charts ......................................... 12
Joist Spacing Charts ........................................................ 5, 6
Ledger Spacing Charts .......................................................... 7
OSHA Safety Regulations .................................................. 66
P154 ........................................................................................ 59
Plate Saddle Hanger ........................................................... 28
Precast Half Hanger ........................................................... 32
Pres-Steel Adjustable Half Hanger ................................... 33
Pres-Steel Concrete Beam Half Hanger ................... 30, 55
Pres-Steel Half Hanger .......................................... 31, 50, 56
Pres-Steel Hanger ............................................ 23, 27, 44, 51
Pres-Steel Hook Half Hanger ..................................... 34, 50
Pres-Steel Precast Half Hanger ....................................... 52
Pres-Steel Steel Beam Half Hanger .......................... 30, 55
Pres-Steel Ty-Down Half Hanger .................................... 48
Product Interchangeability ................................................... 4
Rebar Safety Cap ............................................................... 135
Safe Support Spacings of Joists and Ledgers ............... 16
Safety ....................................................................................... 1
Safety Concerns ..................................................................... 4
Safety Factors ........................................................................ 2
Safe Working Loads ............................................................... 2
SB ......................................................................................... 129
SBU ...................................................................................... 129
Shop or Field Modification ................................................... 3

138 01/19
 Safety Information

Improper Use of Bridge Deck Accessories May

Cause Property Damage, Serious Injury or Death
Read, understand and follow the information and instructions
in this publication before using any of the Dayton Superior
concrete accessories displayed herein. When in doubt about
the proper use or installation of any Dayton Superior concrete
accessory, immediately contact the nearest Dayton Superior
Service Center or Technical Service for clarification.

Definitions
• Dead load is the actual weight of the concrete plus the weight of the formwork per
square foot of form contact area.
• Design load is the combined weight, per square foot of form contact area, of dead
load and live load.
• Factor of safety is a term denoting the theoretical reserve capability of a product.
It is determined by dividing the ultimate load by the safe working load. This is
expressed as a ratio: for example 2 to 1.
• Form anchor is a devise used to secure formwork to previously placed concrete of
adequate strength.
• Form hanger is a device used to suspend formwork from structural steel beams,
fabricated steel girders, precast concrete girders or other members.
• Impact load is a dynamic load such as the loads resulting from the motion of
machinery, dumping of concrete or similar moving forces. An impact load may have
an effective loading several times the design load.
• Live load is a load imposed during the construction process, such as material
storage, workers and equipment.
• Safe working load is the maximum load that should be applied to a product.
• Ultimate load is the average load at which a product will no longer support a load or
will fail.
 1125 Byers Road
Miamisburg, OH 45342
937-866-0711
888-977-9600

BUILDING
STRENGTH™

DS4
REV. 06/24
Copyright © 2024 Dayton Superior Corporation, All Rights Reserved.